Changeset 39056


Ignore:
Timestamp:
Sep 27, 2016, 12:33:12 AM (3 years ago)
Author:
aafsvn
Message:

[titan] autoupdate wiki files

Location:
wiki/pages
Files:
111 edited

Legend:

Unmodified
Added
Removed
  • wiki/pages/it/Settings-Backup-Restore

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.9 Settings Backup Restore''' [=#point3.5.9] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/system_Settings_Backup_Restore.jpg)]][[BR]]
    7 >
    8 > here you can backup and restore your settings.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 To Exit from the menu press __"Exit"__ to cancel backup restore.
    13 
    14 
    15 '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    16 
    17  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the backup restore menu. [[BR]]
    18  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    19  
    20  ||'''Red Button: (Restore)''' ||Press this button to preform a restore from your previously saved settings.||
    21  ||'''Green Button: (Backup)''' ||Press this button to save your settings.||
    22  ||'''Yellow Button: (Log)''' ||Press this button to see the backup restore log.||
  • wiki/pages/it/Single-EPG

    r37419 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.1.2 Single EPG''' [=#point3.1.2] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.1 Records and EPG(Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Single_EPG.jpg)]][[BR]]
    6 >
    7 Single EPG is a small easy to read vertical epg of a single channel that shows the information of the currently selected program.
    8 
    9 
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13 
    14  '''Coloured and Extra Button's Functions"
    15 
    16  The __"Coloured and Extra Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Single EPG menu.
    17  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    18  
    19  ||'''Red Button: (Timer)''' ||This will bring up the recording timer menu to set up a timer.||
    20  ||'''0 key (EPG Search):''' ||This will search the EPG for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.||
    21 
    22 For information on setting up a timer Recording using the red button see ([wiki:Records Records]) for more info.
    23 
    24 For information on setting proforming an EPG search using the 0 Key see ([wiki:EPG-Search#point103.10.5 EPG Search]) for more info.
  • wiki/pages/it/Skin

    r37419 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.16 Skin''' [=#point3.6.16] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Skin.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 >here you can select your skin
    10 
    11 
    12 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/it/Skin-Adjust

    r37419 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.7 Skin Adjust''' [=#point3.6.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Skin_Adjust.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 >Here you can edit your skin display settings
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  ||'''Font Zize Adjust in Pixel''' ||Adjust the size of the fonts in the GUI.||
    14  ||'''Listbox Select:''' ||Select the display mode of the listbox select bar.||
    15  ||'''OSD Transparancy:''' ||Set the transpancy of the OSD when it is overlaying the TV display.||
    16  ||'''OSD Left Overscan:''' ||Set the value of the OSD overscan on the left edge of the display.||
    17  ||'''OSD Right Overscan:''' ||Set the value of the OSD overscan on the right edge of the display.||
    18  ||'''OSD Top Overscan:''' ||Set the value of the OSD overscan on the top edge of the display.||
    19  ||'''OSD Bottom Overscan:''' ||Set the value of the OSD overscan on the bottom edge of the display.||
    20  ||'''Show Hdd Freespace:''' ||show the Hdd Free space in the OSD. ||
    21  ||'''Listbox Select Colour:''' ||Press the red button to bring up a colour selection to display for the listbox select bar. ||
    22 
    23  
    24  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    25  
    26 [[br]]
    27 ----
  • wiki/pages/it/Smart-Card-Reader

    r37425 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.3 Smart Card Reader''' [=#point3.5.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/system-Smart_Card_Reader.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 here you can setup your smart card.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13 ----
    14 
    15  '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    16 
    17  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    18  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    19  
    20  ||'''Red Button: (Reset)''' ||This will reset the selected Smart Card.||
  • wiki/pages/it/Streaming

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.4 Streaming''' [=#point3.7.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0.2 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Streaming.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 > here you can view information on service info being streamed to another device.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
  • wiki/pages/it/Supported-Receivers

    r37419 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 
    3 ----
    4 '''7 Compatible Receivers''' [=#point7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0.2 Main page])
    5 ----
    6 
    7 Titan was originally releaced for SH4 based hardware from Atemio and Katherin, since the advent and popularity of TitanNit on the SH4 platform it has been releaced to the Mips platform also for instalation the latest Atemio recievers.
    8 
    9 The Atemio 5200 is the first reciever to include a mips based processor and will be the first officially supported reciever not of the SH4 chipset, and marks a new era for TitanNit.
    10 
    11 The current offerings of sh4 based recievers are a lot less powerfull than some of the mips devices out there, part of the reason why titan was developed for the SH4, with titan running on mips hardware we expect to see a very fast very capable feature packed system that we will all look forward to.
    12 
    13 Titan is also in development for the vu+ recievers and may be releaced in the future.
    14 
    15 TitanNit has also been made available for a variety of non-Atemio recievers manufactured by fortis, Atemio identical SH4 Fortis manufactured Receivers.
    16 
    17 
    18 === Currently, the following receivers are directly supported: ===
    19 
    20 
    21 '''SH4 Atemio'''    ([http://www.atemio.de Atemio homepage])
    22 
    23  * Atemio 510
    24  * Atemio 520
    25  * Atemio 530
    26  * Atevio 700
    27  * Atevio 7000
    28  * Atemio 7600
    29 
    30 '''SH4 Fortis'''  ([http://www.fortis.co.kr Fortis homepage])
    31 
    32  * [#point7.2 Fortis Clones hardware detection]
    33  * Fortis FS-9000
    34  * Fortis FS-9200
    35  * Fortis HS-9510
    36  * Fortis HX-8200
    37  * Fortis HS-7810
    38 
    39 '''SH4 Homecast'''    ([http://www.myhomecast.nl/ Homecast homepage])
    40 
    41  * Homecast Pro
    42 
    43  '''SH4 IPBox''' ([http://www.abipbox.com/ AB IPBox homepage])
    44 
    45  * Ipbox91
    46  * Ipbox900
    47  * Ipbox910
    48  * Ipbox9000
    49 
    50 '''SH4 Katherin'''   ([http://www.kathrein-gmbh.at kathrein homepage])
    51 
    52  * Kathrein UFS 910
    53  * Kathrein UFS 912 (license charges may apply)
    54  * Katherin UFS 922 (license charges may apply)
    55  * Katherin UFS 960
    56 
    57 '''SH4 Fulan/ Spark'''   ([http://www.spark-tv.com Spark homepage)]
    58 
    59  * [#point7.6 Fulan Clones hardware detection]
    60  * Spark7111
    61  * Spark7162
    62 
    63 '''Mips Atemio'''   ([http://www.atemio.de Atemio homepage])
    64 
    65  * Atemio 5000 (AKA Nemisis)
    66  * Atemio 5200
    67  * Atemio 6000
    68  * Atemio 6100
    69  * Atemio 6200
    70 
    71 '''Mips Beyonwiz'''   ([Mips Beyonwiz Beyonwiz homepage])
    72 
    73  * Beyonwiz T4
    74 
    75 '''Mips Golden Interstar'''   ([http://www.golden-interstar.pl Golden Interstar homepage])
    76 
    77  * Xpeedlx1
    78  * Xpeedlx2
    79  * Xpeedlx3
    80 
    81 '''Mips Miraclebox'''   ([http://www.miraclebox.se/ Miraclebox homepage])
    82 
    83  * MBUltra
    84  * MBMini
    85 
    86 
    87 
    88 '''Mips Sezam'''([http://www.sezam-club.ru/ homepage])
    89 
    90  * Sezam-Marvel
    91 
    92 
    93 
    94 ----
    95 '''SH4 Fortis based clone receiver detection (hardware profile)''' [=#point7.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    96 ----
    97 
    98 This list will help you select the correct clone hardware model below is a specifications list check the back of your manual included with your receiver and look at the table below to select the correct hardware model.
    99 This list has not yet been confirmed and some of these models may be incompatible with TitanNit.
    100 
    101 If you have successfully installed TitanNit on your Receiver please inform an admin member so this list can be updated.
    102 
    103 Please Note:
    104   * Due to differences between the VFDisplay programming and the supplied Remote Control units delivered with your Receiver a remapping of the remote control Layout may be necessary.
    105 
    106   * Pre-Release Versions with the loader version 1.19 had problems when installing versions 1.21 and 1.54 and demand a replacement of the VF-Display in order for the Receiver to boot. Fault is an inbedded security feature. Therefor it is unknown if iboot will actually function with the Receivers. If you have one of these Receivers it would be advisable to take caution installing iboot.
    107 
    108 This table shows the last gen SH4 based receivers manufactured by fortis if you look in your manual of your reciever it will display the specifications and you may use the below table find out the base fortis model it is styled on to verify the compatibility with the corect Atemio/Atevio model.
    109 
    110 {{{#!div style="width: 1000px; margin: auto"
    111 ||'''Model System'''||'''Tuner'''||'''CPU'''||'''RAM'''||'''ROM (Flash)'''||'''USB'''||'''PVR Funktion'''||'''CardReader'''||'''Common interface'''||'''Width'''||'''Display'''||'''features'''||
    112 ||[#point7.3 Fortis FS-9000 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2 2||STI_7101 266 Mhz||192MB||32MB||2||Internal 2.5 or 3.5 SATA, external via USB||1 (*2)||2||11-segment||43 cm|| ||
    113 ||[#point7.3 Fortis FS-9200 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2 2||STI_7101 266 Mhz||192MB||32MB||2||eSATA & USB||1 (*2)||2||11-segment||34 cm|| ||
    114 ||[#point7.2 Fortis HS-9510]||DVB-S/S2 1||STI_7101 266 Mhz||192MB||32MB||1||USB||1 (*2)||2||11- segment||34 cm|| ||
    115 ||[#point7.4 Fortis HX-8200 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2, DVB-T2, DVB-C 1/2||STI_7105 450 Mhz||256MB||64MB||3||Internal 2,5´´SATA-HDD external via eSATA + USB||2||2||11-segment||34 cm||Plug&Play Tuner, Youtube, Browser, FreeTV+||
    116 ||[#point7.5 Fortis HS-7810 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2 1||STI_7110 450 Mhz||256MB||32MB||2||USB||1||2||4-segment||26 cm||YouTube, Browser, FreeTV+||
    117 }}}
    118 
    119 
    120 ----
    121 '''Atevio AV 700 HD simular hardware:''' [=#point7.2]
    122 ----
    123 Single tuner no no built in YouTube, Browser or FreeTV+
    124 
    125 Fortis base model HS-9510HD PVR and possibly identical boxes:
    126  
    127   * Fortis HS- 9510 HD PVR 20000300 Korea.
    128   * Rebox RE- 4000HD PVR 20010300 Netherlands.
    129   * Octagon SF- 1008 20020300 Germany.
    130   * Octagon SF -1008 SE 20020303 Germany.
    131   * HD Box FS- 9100HD 20030300 Czech Republic.
    132   * Ultra Plus HD 980 20050300 New Zealand.
    133   * Openbox S5 HD PVR 20060302 Ukraine.
    134   * Tiviar S1 eco HD PVR 20070300 U.S.A. Switzerland .
    135   * Astro ASR 1100 Single HD 20110300 and 20110303 Germany .
    136   * Dreamsky DSR- 9600HD PVR 20120302 Belarus.
    137   * Skyway Classic 20130302 Russia.
    138   * I.Com HD -9000 DIVX 20140300 Syria.
    139   * I.Com HD -9000 DIVX II 20140702 Syria.
    140   * I.Com HD -9100 DIVX II 20140602 Syria.
    141   * XSPEED HD -9500 DIVX II 20140612 Syria.
    142   * Optibox Koala HD 20150300 Hungary.
    143   * Xcruiser XDSR400HD 20160302 Dubai.
    144   * VisionNet FS- 9510 HD PVR 20170302 Israel.
    145   * Gold Master HD -1060 HD PVR HD PVR -1070 -1080 PVR 20180302 Turkey
    146   * Powersat PO - 1000HD PVR 20190301
    147   * Star Track SRT 2010 HD 20210302 Dubai
    148   * O2 SRT 2012 HD 20210301 Dubai
    149   * Forever HS- 9510HD PVR 20220302 Algeria
    150   * Dynavision DV -9500 HDPVR 20230302 Dubai
    151   * Dynavision DV -9600 HDPVR 20230301 Dubai
    152   * GI S- 8290 HD PVR 20240602 Romania
    153   * Miraclebox 8 HD TWIN PVR 20250600 Sweden
    154   * Diginor 8800 HD 20260600 Sweden
    155   * Media Star ( Powers) HD 1200s 20270600 Australia
    156   * MaxFly 9500 HD 20280602 Syria
    157   * SuperBox SX 9518 HD 20300302 Moldova
    158   * Elcomax Elux I 20310301 Iran
    159 
    160 [#point7 Top of Page]
    161 
    162 ----
    163 '''Atevio AV 7000 HD simular hardware:''' [=#point7.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    164 ----
    165 Fortis base model FS-9000 and FS-9200 differ due to option of including an internal harddisk.
    166 
    167 FS- 9000 HD PVR and possibly identical boxes"
    168 
    169   * Fortis FS- 9000HD 20000000 Korea
    170   * Rebox RE- 9000HD 20010000 Netherlands
    171   * Octagon SF 1018 20020000 Germany
    172   * HD Box FS -9300 HD 20030000 Czech Republic
    173   * Ultra Plus F- 9000HD 20050000 New Zealand        ''' Confirmed by ''' ([http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/member.php?24970-professor_jonny Professor_Jonny])
    174 
    175   * Openbox S8 HD PVR 20060000 Ukraine
    176   * Tiviar F1 HD PVR USA 20070000 Switzerland
    177   * Icecrypt S4000 HDPVR 20080000 England
    178   * Skyway Diamond 20130000 Russia
    179   * Dynavision DV -9000 HDPVR 200230000 Dubai
    180  
    181 FS- 9200 HD PVR and possibly identical boxes:
    182 
    183   * Fortis FS- 9200HD PVR 20000100 Korea
    184   * Rebox RE- 8000HD 20010100 Netherlands
    185   * HD Box FS- 9200HD 20030100 Czech Republic
    186   * Arcon Titan 2010HD 20040100 Germany
    187   * Openbox S7 HD PVR 20060100 Ukraine
    188   * Tiviar T1 HD PVR 20070100 Switzerland
    189   * Astro ASR 1200 Twin HD 20110100 Germany
    190   * Dreamsky DSR- 9700HD PVR 20120100 Belarus
    191   * Skyway Platinum 20130100 Russia
    192   * I.Com Twin HD -9200 DIVX 20140100 Syria
    193   * I.Com Twin HD -9200 DIVX II 20140101 Syria
    194   * Gold Master 1090 HD PVR 20180100 Turkey
    195   * Dynavision DV -9200 HDPVR 20230100 Dubai
    196  
    197 [#point7 Top of Page]
    198 
    199 ----
    200 '''Atevio/ Atemio AV 7500 7600 HD simular hardware:''' [=#point7.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    201 ----
    202 This model has a removable tuner and has YouTube, Browser, FreeTV+
    203 
    204 Fortis base model HX -8200 HD PVR and possibly identical boxes:
    205 
    206   * Fortis HX -8200 HD PVR 230000X0 Korea
    207   * Rebox RE -8500 HD PVR 230100X0 Netherlands
    208   * Octagon SF 1028P Noblence 230200X0 Germany
    209   * Skyway Droid 230400X0 Russia
    210   * Openbox S9 HD PVR 230500X0 Ukraine
    211   * Icecrypt STC6000HDPVR 230600X0 UK
    212   * Miraclebox 9 HD TWIN PVR 230700X0 Sweden
    213   * Xcruiser XDSR600HD 230900X0 Dubai
    214   * Ultra Plus X - 9200HD PVR 231200X0 New Zealand 
    215   * Skys @ t Royal HD PVR 231500X0 Bulgaria
    216   * SuperBox PRO HD 9818 231600x0 Moldova
    217   * Optibox Raptor HD 231800X0 Hungary
    218   * Forever HD PVR 8200 231900X0 Algeria
    219   * Media Star ( Powers) HD 8200S 232700X0 Australia
    220 
    221 [#point7 Top of Page]
    222 
    223 ----
    224 '''Atemio AV 500/510 HD simular hardware:''' [=#point7.5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    225 ----
    226 This model has a removable tuner and has YouTube, Browser, FreeTV+
    227 
    228 Fortis base model HS -7110 HD PVR and possibly identical boxes:
    229 
    230   * Fortis HS -7110 HD PVR ? korea
    231   * Optibox Gekko HD 250102X0 Hungary
    232   * Octagon SF 918 SE + 250202X0 Germany
    233   * Rebox RE -2200 HD PVR 250302X0 Netherlands
    234   * Skyway LIGHT 250502X0 Russia & Belarus
    235   * HD Box FS- 7110HD 250602X0 Czech Republic
    236   * Openbox S4 HD PVR 250902X0 Ukraine
    237   * Icom HD 1070P DIVX 251002X0 Syria
    238   * Gold Master HD -1040 HD PVR -1045 PVR 251102X0 Turkey
    239   * Dynavision DV -5000 HDPVR 251202X0 Dubai
    240   * GI S8580 251302X0 Romania
    241   * Xcruiser XDSR 380HD 251802X0 Dubai
    242   * Dreamsky HD4 252002X0 Belarus
    243   * ? Supermax 7100 252102X0 ?
    244   * Skys @ t Mini HD PVR 252202X0 Bulgaria
    245   * Icecrypt S3500 HDCCI 252502X0 UK
    246   * Miraclebox 6 HD TWIN PVR 252602X0 Sweden
    247   * Vegasat X1 252802X0 Morocco
    248   * Ultraplus 900 HD PVR ? New Zealand
    249 
    250 [[br]][#point7 Top of Page]
    251 
    252 ----
    253 '''Fulan based clone receiver detection (hardware profile)''' [=#point7.6] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    254 ----
    255 
    256 This list will help you select the correct clone hardware model below is a specifications list check the back of your manual included with your receiver and look at the table below to select the correct hardware model.
    257 This list has not yet been confirmed and some of these models may be incompatible with TitanNit.
    258 
    259 If you have successfully installed TitanNit on your Receiver please inform an admin member so this list can be updated.
    260 
    261 This table shows the last gen SH4 based receivers manufactured by Fulan if you look in your manual of your reciever it will display the specifications and you may use the below table find out the base Fulan model it is styled on to verify the compatibility with the Fulan model.
    262 
    263 {{{#!div style="width: 1000px; margin: auto"
    264 ||'''Model System'''||'''Tuner'''||'''CPU'''||'''RAM'''||'''ROM (Flash)'''||'''USB'''||'''PVR Funktion'''||'''CardReader'''||'''Common interface'''||'''Width'''||'''Display'''||'''features'''||
    265 ||[#point7.7 Fulan 7162]||DVB-S/S2 1,2,3||STI_7162 266 Mhz|| || || || || || || || || ||
    266 ||[#point7.8 Spark 7111]||DVB-S/S2 1||STI_7111 266 Mhz|| || || || || || || || || ||
    267 }}}
    268 
    269 
    270 
    271 ----
    272 '''Fulan/Spark 7162 simular hardware:''' [=#point7.7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    273 ----
    274 This model has a STI 7162 Processor, tuner varies by reseller either one two or three tuners 
    275 
    276 Fulan/Spark 7162 and possibly identical boxes:
    277 
    278 
    279  * Golden Media Spark Triplex 0C 00 07 00
    280  * Golden Media Spark One 0C 00 07 00
    281  * SAB Unix Triple HD 0C 00 0E 00
    282  * Amiko Alien 2 0C 00 0A 00
    283  * Galaxy Innovations Avatar 2 0C 00 0B 00
    284  * Galaxy Innovations Avatar 3 0C 00 0B 00
    285  * Visionnet Falcon 0C 00 21 00
    286  * Icecrypt S3700 CHD 0C 00 2B 00
    287  * Truman Top Box 2 Tuners 0C 00 03 00
    288  * Samsat Linux 2 0C 00 20 00
    289  * Satcom 7162 0C 00 1D 00
    290  * Dynavision 7162 0C 00 0D 00
    291  * Superbox Z500 0C 00 15 00
    292  * Delta 0C 00 04 00
    293  * Startrack SRT 2020 HD Plus 0C 00 05 00
    294  * Sogno Spark Triple 0C 00 43 00
    295 
    296 ----
    297 '''Fulan/Spark 7111 simular hardware:'''   [=#point7.8]
    298 ----
    299 This model has a STI 7111 Processor, all models seem to have a single DVB-S2 tuner.
    300 
    301 Fulan/Spark 7111 and possibly identical boxes:
    302 
    303  * Amiko Alien SHD 8900, 09 00 0A 00
    304  * Golden Media 990 CR HD PVR Spark LX 09 00 07 00
    305  * Golden Media Spark Reloaded 09 00 07 00
    306  * Edision Argus Pingulux 09 00 08 00
    307  * Edision Argus Pingulux Plus 09 00 08 00
    308  * Galaxy Innovations GI S8120 09 00 0B 00
    309  * SAB Unix F+ Solo (S902) 09 00 0E 00
    310  * Dynavision Spark 09 00 0D 00
    311  * Dynavision Spark Plus 09 00 0D 00
    312  * Fulan Spark I+ 09 00 1D 00
    313  * Truman Premier 1+ 09 00 03 00
    314  * Samsat Linux 1 09 00 20 00
    315  * Startrack SRT 2020 HD 09 00 21 00
    316  * FullHD FH 2020 HD 09 00 ?? 00
    317  * Yumatu Spark 09 00 ?? 00
    318  * Visionnet Hammer 5400 09 00 21 00
    319  * Visionnet Fireball 101 09 00 21 00
    320  * Superbox S750 09 00 15 00
    321  * Sogno Spark Revolution 09 00 43 00
    322 
    323 
  • wiki/pages/it/Supported-Recievers

    r37406 r39056  
    1 ----
    2 '''7 Compatable Revievers''' [=#point7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0.2 Main page])
    3 ----
    4 
    5 === Currently, the following receivers are supported: ===
    6 
    7   * Atemio 510/520/530
    8   * Atemio 7600
    9   * Atevio 700/7000
    10   * Kathrein UFS 910
    11   * Kathrein UFS 912/922 (license charges may apply)
    12 
    13 Recently TitanNit has been made available for a variety of non-Atemio Receivers. Identical SH4 Fortis Receivers may work with TitanNit.
    14 
    15 This list has not yet been confirmed and some of these models may be incompatible with TitanNit.
    16 
    17 If you have successfully installed TitanNit on your Receiver please inform an admin member so this list can be updated.
    18 
    19 Please Note:
    20   * Due to differences between the VFDisplay programming and the supplied Remote Control units delivered with your Receiver a remapping of the remote control Layout may be necessary.
    21 
    22   * Pre-Release Versions with the loader version 1.19 had problems when installing versions 1.21 and 1.54 and demand a replacement of the VF-Display in order for the Receiver to boot. Fault is an inbedded security feature. Therefor it is unknown if iboot will actually function with the Receivers. If you have one of these decoders it would be advisable to take caution installing iboot.
    23 
    24 
    25 === Atevio AV 500 HD: ===
    26  
    27 Model HS- 9510HD PVR and possibly identical boxes:
    28  
    29   * Fortis HS- 9510 HD PVR 20000300 Korea.
    30   * Rebox RE- 4000HD PVR 20010300 Netherlands.
    31   * Octagon SF- 1008 20020300 Germany.
    32   * Octagon SF -1008 SE 20020303 Germany.
    33   * HD Box FS- 9100HD 20030300 Czech Republic.
    34   * Ultra Plus HD 980 20050300 New Zealand.
    35   * Openbox S5 HD PVR 20060302 Ukraine.
    36   * Tiviar S1 eco HD PVR 20070300 U.S.A. Switzerland .
    37   * Astro ASR 1100 Single HD 20110300 and 20110303 Germany .
    38   * Dreamsky DSR- 9600HD PVR 20120302 Belarus.
    39   * Skyway Classic 20130302 Russia.
    40   * I.Com HD -9000 DIVX 20140300 Syria.
    41   * I.Com HD -9000 DIVX II 20140702 Syria.
    42   * I.Com HD -9100 DIVX II 20140602 Syria.
    43   * XSPEED HD -9500 DIVX II 20140612 Syria.
    44   * Optibox Koala HD 20150300 Hungary.
    45   * Xcruiser XDSR400HD 20160302 Dubai.
    46   * VisionNet FS- 9510 HD PVR 20170302 Israel.
    47   * Gold Master HD -1060 HD PVR HD PVR -1070 -1080 PVR 20180302 Turkey
    48   * Powersat PO - 1000HD PVR 20190301
    49   * Star Track SRT 2010 HD 20210302 Dubai
    50   * O2 SRT 2012 HD 20210301 Dubai
    51   * Forever HS- 9510HD PVR 20220302 Algeria
    52   * Dynavision DV -9500 HDPVR 20230302 Dubai
    53   * Dynavision DV -9600 HDPVR 20230301 Dubai
    54   * GI S- 8290 HD PVR 20240602 Romania
    55   * Miraclebox 8 HD TWIN PVR 20250600 Sweden
    56   * Diginor 8800 HD 20260600 Sweden
    57   * Media Star ( Powers) HD 1200s 20270600 Australia
    58   * MaxFly 9500 HD 20280602 Syria
    59   * SuperBox SX 9518 HD 20300302 Moldova
    60   * Elcomax Elux I 20310301 Iran
    61 
    62 [#point7 Top of Page]
    63 
    64 === Atevio AV 7000 HD: ===
    65  
    66 The models FS- 9000 and FS -9200 differ due to option of including an internal harddisk.
    67 
    68 FS- 9000 HD PVR and possibly identical boxes
    69 
    70   * Fortis FS- 9000HD 20000000 Korea
    71   * Rebox RE- 9000HD 20010000 Netherlands
    72   * Octagon SF 1018 20020000 Germany
    73   * HD Box FS -9300 HD 20030000 Czech Republic
    74   * Ultra Plus F- 9000HD 20050000 New Zealand        ''' Confirmed by ''' ([http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/member.php?24970-professor_jonny Professor_Jonny])
    75 
    76   * Openbox S8 HD PVR 20060000 Ukraine
    77   * Tiviar F1 HD PVR USA 20070000 Switzerland
    78   * Icecrypt S4000 HDPVR 20080000 England
    79   * Skyway Diamond 20130000 Russia
    80   * Dynavision DV -9000 HDPVR 200230000 Dubai
    81  
    82 FS- 9200 HD PVR and possibly identical boxes
    83 
    84   * Fortis FS- 9200HD PVR 20000100 Korea
    85   * Rebox RE- 8000HD 20010100 Netherlands
    86   * HD Box FS- 9200HD 20030100 Czech Republic
    87   * Arcon Titan 2010HD 20040100 Germany
    88   * Openbox S7 HD PVR 20060100 Ukraine
    89   * Tiviar T1 HD PVR 20070100 Switzerland
    90   * Astro ASR 1200 Twin HD 20110100 Germany
    91   * Dreamsky DSR- 9700HD PVR 20120100 Belarus
    92   * Skyway Platinum 20130100 Russia
    93   * I.Com Twin HD -9200 DIVX 20140100 Syria
    94   * I.Com Twin HD -9200 DIVX II 20140101 Syria
    95   * Gold Master 1090 HD PVR 20180100 Turkey
    96   * Dynavision DV -9200 HDPVR 20230100 Dubai
    97  
    98 [#point7 Top of Page]
    99 
    100 === Atevio / Atemio AV 7500/7600 HD: ===
    101 
    102 Model HX -8200 HD PVR and possibly identical boxes
    103 
    104   * Fortis HX -8200 HD PVR 230000X0 Korea
    105   * Rebox RE -8500 HD PVR 230100X0 Netherlands
    106   * Octagon SF 1028P Noblence 230200X0 Germany
    107   * Skyway Droid 230400X0 Russia
    108   * Openbox S9 HD PVR 230500X0 Ukraine
    109   * Icecrypt STC6000HDPVR 230600X0 UK
    110   * Miraclebox 9 HD TWIN PVR 230700X0 Sweden
    111   * Xcruiser XDSR600HD 230900X0 Dubai
    112   * Ultra Plus X - 9200HD PVR 231200X0 New Zealand 
    113   * Skys @ t Royal HD PVR 231500X0 Bulgaria
    114   * SuperBox PRO HD 9818 231600x0 Moldova
    115   * Optibox Raptor HD 231800X0 Hungary
    116   * Forever HD PVR 8200 231900X0 Algeria
    117   * Media Star ( Powers) HD 8200S 232700X0 Australia
    118 
    119 [#point7 Top of Page]
    120 
    121 === Atemio AM 500/510 HD: ===
    122  
    123 Model HS -7110 HD PVR and possibly identical boxes
    124 
    125   * Optibox Gekko HD 250102X0 Hungary
    126   * Octagon SF 918 SE + 250202X0 Germany
    127   * Rebox RE -2200 HD PVR 250302X0 Netherlands
    128   * Skyway LIGHT 250502X0 Russia & Belarus
    129   * HD Box FS- 7110HD 250602X0 Czech Republic
    130   * Openbox S4 HD PVR 250902X0 Ukraine
    131   * Icom HD 1070P DIVX 251002X0 Syria
    132   * Gold Master HD -1040 HD PVR -1045 PVR 251102X0 Turkey
    133   * Dynavision DV -5000 HDPVR 251202X0 Dubai
    134   * GI S8580 251302X0 Romania
    135   * Xcruiser XDSR 380HD 251802X0 Dubai
    136   * Dreamsky HD4 252002X0 Belarus
    137   * ? Supermax 7100 252102X0 ?
    138   * Skys @ t Mini HD PVR 252202X0 Bulgaria
    139   * Icecrypt S3500 HDCCI 252502X0 UK
    140   * Miraclebox 6 HD TWIN PVR 252602X0 Sweden
    141   * Vegasat X1 252802X0 Morocco
    142 
    143 [[br]][#point7 Top of Page]
  • wiki/pages/it/Swap

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.8.6.6 Swap''' [=#point3.7.8.6.6] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.70.8.6 System Infos (Back])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Swap.jpg)]][[br]]
    8 >
    9 Here you can view the detailed info on the swap.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13 
    14 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/it/System-Info

    r37419 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.8 System Info''' [=#point3.7.8] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/System_Info_main.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 > here you can view system wide information.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  * ([wiki:System-Status#point3.7.8.1 System Status])
    14  * ([wiki:Free-Space#point3.7.8.2 Free Space])
    15  * ([wiki:Kernel#point3.7.8.3 Kernel])
    16  * ([wiki:Mounts#point3.7.8.4 Mounts])
    17  * ([wiki:System-info-Network#point3.7.8.5 Network])
    18  * ([wiki:Ram#point3.7.8.5 Ram])
    19  * ([wiki:System-Infos#point3.7.8.6 System Infos])
    20 
    21 [[br]]
    22 
  • wiki/pages/it/System-Infos

    r37425 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.8.6 System Info''' [=#point3.7.8.6] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/System-Info-System-Infos.jpg)]][[BR]]
    7 >
    8 > here you can view system wide information.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12  * ([wiki:CPU#point3.7.8.6.1 Cpu])
    13  * ([wiki:Memory#point3.7.8.6.2 Memory])
    14  * ([wiki:MTD#point3.7.8.6.3 MTD])
    15  * ([wiki:Module#point3.7.8.6.4 Module])
    16  * ([wiki:Devices#point3.7.8.6.5 Devices])
    17  * ([wiki:Swap#point3.7.8.6.6 Swap])
    18  * ([wiki:Top#point3.7.8.6.7 Top])
    19  * ([wiki:prozesslist#point3.7.8.6.8 prozesslist])
    20  * ([wiki:USB#point3.7.8.6.9 USB])
    21 
    22 [[br]]
    23 
  • wiki/pages/it/System-Status

    r37425 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.8.1 System Status''' [=#point3.7.8.1] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8 System Info (Back])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/System-Status.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can view the system status of the receiver.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 
    13 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/it/System-Update

    r37425 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.7 System Update''' [=#point3.5.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/system-System_Update.jpg)]][[BR]]
    7 >
    8 >here you can proform a system update
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 
    13  ||'''Flashupdate (Online):''' ||Update flashmemory from online Library.||
    14  ||'''Flashupdate (tmp):''' ||Update Flashmemory from tmp.||
    15  ||'''USBupdate (tmp):''' ||Update USB device from tmp.||
    16  
    17  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    18  
    19 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/it/System-info-Network

    r37425 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.8.4 Network''' [=#point3.7.8.4] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8 System Info (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/System-info-Network.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can view info on you network interface.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 
    13 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/it/TPK-Install

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.4.4 TPK Install (Online)''' [=#point3.4.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.4 Extentions (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/extensions_TPK-Install(Online).jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 >here you can install plugins from from the online repo
    9 
    10 
    11 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/it/TPK-Media

    r37425 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.4.6 TPK Media (Media)''' [=#point3.4.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.4 Extentions (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/extensions_TPK-Install(Media).jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 >Here you can install tpk plugins from a local source
    9 
    10 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/it/TPK-Remove

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.4.7 TPK Remove''' [=#point3.4.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.4 Extentions (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >Menu Picture place holder:
    7 >
    8 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/TPK_Remove.jpg)]][[BR]]
    9 >
    10 >here you can remove your tpk plugins
    11 
    12 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/it/TPK-Tmp

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.4.5 Installieren (TMP)''' [=#point3.4.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.4 Extentions (Back])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/extensions_TPK-Install(tmp).jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 >here you can install tpk plugins from your tmp directory.
    9 
  • wiki/pages/it/TPK-Upgrade

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.4.3 TPK Upgrade''' [=#point3.4.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.4 Extentions (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/extensions_TPK-upgrade.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 >here you can automatically upgrade your installed plugins from the online repo
    9 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/it/Testpage

    r37425 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 
    3 
    4 Test code:
    5 
    6 
    7 [[CollapsibleStart]]
    8 
    9 nested text.
    10 
    11 [[CollapsibleEnd]]
    12 
    13 
    14 
    15 
  • wiki/pages/it/Time-to-sleep

    r37425 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.5.4 Time to sleep''' [=#point3.5.5.4] ([wiki:Hard-Disk#point3.5.5 Hard Disk (Back])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Time-to-sleep.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can configure your harddisk sleep settings.
    9 [[br]]
    10 
    11 
    12  
    13 
    14 [[BR]]
  • wiki/pages/it/Timeshift-Settings

    r37419 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.7 Timeshift Settings''' [=#point3.6.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Timeshift_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 
    10 Here you can edit your timeshift settings
    11 
    12 [[br]]
    13 
    14  ||'''Timeshift Type''' ||Select the operation mode of the timeshift function.||
    15  ||'''After Timshift:''' ||If timshift is stopped what function that should the reciever do.||
    16  ||'''Ask on channel switch:''' ||Ask what to do with the timeshift file on channel change.||
    17  ||'''Use Numeric Keys:''' ||use the numeric keys to control the timeshift skip and jump functions.||
    18  
    19  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    20  
    21 [[br]]
    22 ----
  • wiki/pages/it/Timezone

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.3 Timezone''' [=#point3.6.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Timezone.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 >here you can change your timezone.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/it/Titan-Changelog

    r37419 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.6 Titan Changelog''' [=#point3.7.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.7 Information (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Titan_Changelog.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 > here you can view the git changelog.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
  • wiki/pages/it/Top

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.8.6.7 Top''' [=#point3.7.8.6.7] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Top.jpg)]][[br]]
    8 >
    9 Here you can view the detailed Process info.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13 
    14 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/it/Translation

    r37419 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''16 Translation''' [=#point16] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 
    7 '''The initial english section and Translation was provided By Professor_jonny'''
    8 
    9 You may contact me on the AAF forum if you have any suggestions or additions to add to the wiki:
    10 
    11 ([http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/member.php?24970-professor_jonny Professor_Jonny])
  • wiki/pages/it/Troubleshooting

    r37419 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''12  Troubleshooting ''' [=#point12] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 == Troubleshooting Contents ==
    7  
    8 This section explains how to formally submit a bug and provide debug logs so that this imformation is provided to the developers to action, it will explain how to use the trac ticket system to check and submit bugs for futher analisis.
    9 
    10 * Only a __registered__ Users__ can create __Tickets__. If you are not yet registered, you can register here __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/register Register]__
    11 * The __User__ must be logged in, You can __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/login Login]__ here
    12 * To achieve a faster and easier __trouble shooting__, we now offer the __Ticketsytem__. That way you can directly pinpoint your __error__ to the competent __Developer__. In the next steps we will explain the new __Ticketsystem__.[[Br]]
    13 * First, check the existing __ Tickets__ if the error has already been reported. This is done as follows. [[Br]]
    14   * Click the button __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report View Tickets]__ or go directly to __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report/1 Active Tickets]__.[[br]]
    15   * Click on __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/search Search]__ and tick the __Tickets__ and begin the search.
    16   * Here you can see the current __active Tickets__, if the same error is listed, you can attach your error message to the __Ticket__.[[Br]]
    17 
    18 
    19  please select an item below for more information.
    20 
    21  * ([#point12.1 12.1 Bug Reporting])
    22  * ([#point12.2 12.2 Bug Update])
    23  * ([#point12.3 12.3 Bug Resolve])
    24  * ([#point12.4 12.4 Debuglevel])
    25  * ([#point12.5 12.5 Debug logging])
    26 [[br]]
    27 
    28 ----
    29 '''12.1 Report a new Error''' [=#point12.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    30 ----
    31 
    32 * You have discovered a new bug and it has not been reported so you want to create a new ticket[[br]]
    33 * Click the button __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/newticket New Ticket]__[[br]]
    34   * The following fields __need__ to be filled in.[[Br]]
    35     * __Summary:__
    36       - This is the __displayed name__ of the reported error[[br]]
    37     * __Description:__
    38       - Copy the link from the __[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php AAF Board (Community)]__ where the posting was made.
    39       - If no posting excists in the __Community__ you can describe the error here.[[br]]
    40     * __Component:__
    41       - Set the critaria suiting the error so the appropriate __Developer__ is informed.[[br]]
    42     * __Responsible:__
    43       - Here the ticket can explicitly be assigned to a specific __Developer__.
    44   * The following fields can be __filled in__. [[Br]]
    45     * __Priority:__
    46       - Blocker - __very urgent__ the __ticket__ requires urgent attention.
    47       - Critical - __urgent__ other tickets or processes depend upon this error.
    48       - Major - __standard__ urgency (__default__).
    49       - Minor - __minor__ has a lot of time and __is not so important__.
    50       - trivial - __of no importance__ has even more time and __is least__ important.
    51     * __Milestone:__
    52       - Default is __standard__ if a more appropriate urgency is required it can be used.
    53     * __Tags__
    54       - This information is used by the __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/search Search]__ - is usually not specified/required.
    55     * __Version:__
    56       - Is only applicable from version __2.0__
    57     * __Observer:__
    58       - Only a __Developer__ need to fill in this field if he wants to assign this ticket to a __User__, the user then sees it in __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report/7 My Tickets] __
    59 
    60   * To complete the ticket you click on the field __create Ticket__
    61 [[br]]
    62 [#point12 Top of Page]
    63 ----
    64 '''12.2 Bug Update''' [=#point12.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    65 ----
    66 
    67 * You have discovered a bug and it has been reported but you have aditional information that may be helpfull to the developers to repair the problem or have aditional comments on the problem[[br]]
    68 * Click the __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report Show Tickets]__ > __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report/1 Active Tickets]__ or __ [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/search Search]__ Button and __open__ the existing.[[br]]
    69   * The following fields __must__ be filled in.[[Br]]
    70     * __Add comment__:
    71       - Here you can add more details to the error description.[[br]]
    72   * To complete the ticket you click on __Submit changes__
    73 [[br]]
    74 [#point12 Top of Page]
    75 ----
    76 '''12.3 Bug Resolve (Report error as completed)''' [=#point12.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    77 ----
    78 
    79 
    80 * You have discovered a previously reported bug is now fixed and want to close the ticket to inform the dev the bug is now fixed.[[br]]
    81 * Click on __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report View Tickets]__ > __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report/1 Active Tickets]__ and open the respective ticket[[br]]
    82   * Scroll down to Action and set the field __resolve as__ to __fixed__
    83   * Click on the field _Submit changes__
    84 [[br]]
    85 [#point12 Top of Page]
    86 ----
    87 '''12.4 DebugLevel''' [=#point12.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    88 ----
    89 
    90 
    91 * In the Configuration file /mnt/config/titan.cfg you can set following debug levels
    92   * Minimal: 10
    93   * TopfieldVFD: 40
    94   * Media Center: 50
    95   * MenuList: 60
    96   * Network Browser: 70
    97   * Hard Disk: 80
    98   * Screensaver: 90
    99   * Tithek: 99
    100   * Global: 100
    101   * Ipkg: 130
    102   * Imdb/imdbapi/TMDB: 133
    103   * Eplayer: 150
    104   * Tuning: 200
    105   * Stream/Record/Softcam: 250
    106   * Radio text: 270
    107   * Subtitle: 300
    108   * EPG: 400
    109   * MediaDB: 777
    110   * Mutexes: 900
    111   * Function (in/out): 1000
    112 
    113 * The default debug level = 10
    114 [[br]]
    115 [#point12 Top of Page]
    116 ----
    117 '''12.5 Debug Logging''' [=#point12.5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    118 ----
    119 
    120 Logging is a means of getting debug messages from the reciever for development and bug tracking purposes, this can be used to attach to a bug report or track ticked to assist the developer to find where a problem or bug may be traced from.
    121 
    122 
    123 * You have several options for logging
    124  * via Telnet:
    125   * A Network connection is assential
    126   * Client ([http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html Putty]) configure the PC for Telnet session
    127   * Open the Telnet session to the receiver
    128   * killall -9 rcS titan
    129   * Set: ([#point112.4 DebugLevel=])
    130   * titan /mnt/config/titan.cfg > /tmp/titan.error.log 2>&1
    131   * To terminate logging press (ctrl+z)
    132   * Copy the log file (/tmp/titan.error.log) to your PC via ftp and send it as a ticket to the respective Developer
    133  * Via RS232 (serial connection)
    134   * A Serial connection must consist
    135   * Configure ([http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html Putty]) on the PC for Serial
    136   * Open serial session to the receiver
    137   * Then send it as a ticket to the respective Developer
    138 
    139 * Using debug Images you can also query the kernel messages via a telnet session
    140   * Network connection must exist
    141   * Configure ([http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html Putty]) on the PC for Serial
    142   * Open serial session to the receiver
    143   * cat/proc/kmsg > /tmp/titan.kernel.log 2>&1
    144   * To terminate logging press (ctrl+z)
    145   * Copy the log file (/tmp/titan.kernel.log) to your PC via ftp and send it as a ticket to the respective Developer
    146 [[br]]
    147 [#point12 Top of Page]
  • wiki/pages/it/Tuner-Configuration

    r37425 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.1.1 Tuner Configuration''' [=#point3.5.1.1] ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Tuner-Configuration.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can setup your tuner and proform a channel scan.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 work in progress temp data:
    13 
    14  ||'''Tuner 0/0''' ||Select the conection method for tuner 0.||
    15  ||'''Tuner 1/1''' ||Select the conection method for tuner 1.||
    16    
    17  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    18 
    19  '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
    20 
    21  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Tuner configuration menu.
    22   Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    23  
    24  ||'''Red Button: (Edit tuner)''' ||Edit the settings for the selected tuner please see ([#point103.50.1.2 advanced tuner settings menu]) for more info.||
    25  ||'''Green Button: (Edit motor)''' ||Edit the motor settings for the selected tuner.||
    26 
    27 
    28 >'''Advanced Tuner Settings Menu''' [=#point103.50.1.2]
    29 
    30 
    31 
    32  ||'''Satellite type''' ||Select the tuner to lnb connection method (Diseqc, Single or Expert.||
    33  ||'''sat (number)''' ||select the satelite name connected.||
    34  ||'''Diseqc:''' ||Select the port for the selected satellite.||
    35  ||'''Lnb/ Unicable''' ||Bring up a the lnb settings for the selected satellite, select this item and press the red button set and adjust these settings see ([#point103.50.1.3 Advanced LNB settings menu]) for more info.||
    36 
    37 >'''Advanced LNB Settings Menu''' [=#point103.50.1.3]
    38 
    39 ''This menu contains the advanced lnb settings''
    40 
    41  ||'''Voltage Mode''' ||Selects the lnb voltage function.||
    42  ||'''Tone Mode''' ||Selects the lnb tone function.||
    43  ||'''LOF/ unicable''' ||select the lnb type and lnb frequency settings for it.||
    44 
    45 
    46  '''Red Button: (Unicable manufacturer.''' select the unicable lnb manufacturer
    47 
    48 
    49    
    50 
    51 
    52  
    53 
  • wiki/pages/it/USB

    r37425 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.8.6.9 Usb''' [=#point3.7.8.6.9] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/USB.jpg)]][[br]]
    8 >
    9 Here you can view the detailed info on the ubb hosts and devices.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13 
    14 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/it/USB-Device

    r37425 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.18.3 USB Device''' [=#point3.5.18.3] ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings#point3.5.18 Autostart Settings (Back)])
    4 >
    5 
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Autostart_Settings-USB_device.jpg)]][[br]]
    8 >
    9 Here you can check and adjust autostart settings for usb devices.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  ||'''Load Partition:''' ||Auto load partitions from usb devices on startup.||
    14  ||'''NTFS write:''' ||Set the ntfs write option or driver.||
    15  ||'''Swap:''' ||enable swap file on usb device.||
    16  ||'''Swap Size:''' ||set the max size for the swap file on usb devices.||
    17 
    18  
    19  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
  • wiki/pages/it/VFDisplay

    r37425 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.6 VFDisplay''' [=#point3.5.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/system-VFDisplay.jpg)]][[BR]]
    7 >
    8 >Here you can edit the settings of the VFDisplay
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 
    13  ||'''Brightness''' || use the D-pad keys to adjust the brightness of the VFD.||
    14  ||'''Standby Brightness:''' || use the D-pad keys to adjust the brightness of the VFD.||
    15  ||'''Show in VFD:''' ||What to show in the VFDisplay when the system is running.||
    16  ||'''Show in Standby:''' ||What to show in the VFDisplay when the system is in standby.||
    17  ||'''Behavior at Recording:''' ||What to show in the VFDisplay when the system is recording.||
    18  ||'''LED Brightness Running''' || set the brightness of the led when the system is running.||
    19  ||'''LED Brightness Standby'''  || set the brightness of the led when the system is in standby.||
    20  
    21  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    22  
    23 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/it/Versions

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 
    3 ----
    4 '''6 Versions''' [=#point6] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    5 ----
    6 
    7 For the latest version of TitanNit please visit the [http://www.aaf-digital.info AAF-Board]
    8 
    9 '''USB Release History'''
    10 
    11  * Atevio7000 tiTan pre Alpha USB
    12 
    13  * ATevio7000 tiTan pre Alpha v1.2a USB
    14 
    15 ''Flash Release History''
    16 
    17 '''tiTan pre Alpha'''
    18 
    19 '''tiTan pre Alpha v1.2a'''
    20 
    21 Changelog Version 1.2A
    22 
    23 - Protect Channel Free Time function
    24   - Switches off after Pineingabe all channels for an adjustable time free
    25   - Virtual keyboard as input means for input boxes on help -/Text button
    26   - Fixes in Deep Standby / Record / Timeshift
    27   - TV / Radio on bluekey can be laid
    28   - Aktualisert station list
    29   - Minor fixes
    30   - Radio station list
    31 
    32 [[br]]
    33 
    34 ----
    35 '''Titan version 1.23'''
    36 ----
    37 
    38 
    39 Changelog Version 1.23 :
    40  
    41  - Kernel update on stm24 P211
    42  - TMDB / imdb / imdbapi fixed
    43  - Tithek youtube fix
    44  - Add mhw and MHW2
    45  - One step OpenTV
    46  - One step dvb -t
    47  - Shut-off timer in the web
    48  - Display setting to in the Infobar of every consignment -
    49  - Fix newsletter on and off
    50  - Fix blind scan
    51  - Fix gmediarender pic view
    52  - Fix nas share as record mount
    53  - Load save video mode in mc
    54  - Fix autostart dlna
    55  - Fix eth0 = off
    56  - Fix manual imdb scan
    57  - Add info button to miniplayer
    58  - Add news category to tithek mainmenu
    59  - Add temp to sort miniplayer
    60  - Fix myvideo
    61  - Add short epg / press 0 in channel list
    62  - Fix MediaDB
    63  - Fix webif cable
    64  - Fix -> set cursor to next cammera
    65  - Update all skins
    66  - Wlan optimize
    67  - Fix patches for lcd support
    68  - Update Settings and Picons
    69  - Fix boot logo
    70  - Add start script before tv
    71  - Fix driver patch
    72  - Change adjust skin
    73  - Fix blinking clock
    74  - Fix formula auto volume change
    75  - Fix rectimer after event
    76  - Optimize tithek
    77  - Fix mute on channel switch
    78 
    79 [[br]]
    80 
    81 ----
    82 '''Titan Version 1.24'''
    83 ----
    84 
    85 
    86  - Changelog Version 1.24
    87  
    88  - New Channel List
    89  - Library continued to improve
    90  - EPG improved
    91  - Format ext3
    92  - Hard drive detection improved ( File Check )
    93  - Improved search settings -
    94  - Added marker for recording -
    95  - Add resettv to begin of HbbTV start
    96  - Add facebook, gmediarender , call monitor , perl / samsung lcd, zapback picture
    97  - Add Atemio preview videos
    98  - Fix transponder
    99  - Change wlan driver
    100  - Add slow motion
    101  - Fix picons
    102  - Fix AddConfig vol
    103  - Fix jfs
    104  - Fix weather
    105  - Add -D cable swap Picons
    106  - Update almost all skins : fix choiceminitv , add usecec & change name ...
    107  - Fix play marker
    108  - Tithek add cache playback ( 10mb/180s )
    109  - Update picons white70 THX matze70
    110  - Update unitymedia cable THX Settings caliban
    111  - Add picon sat1 gold transparent
    112  - Add picons transparent Syfy HD and 13th HD
    113  - Update sat default settings
    114  - Tithek add new hoster
    115  - Use ext3 as default format hdd
    116  - Show different channel name in scan list
    117  - Add cec support / titanium not only the driver
    118  - Fix timer
    119  - Add DVB-T, Support THX gost
    120  - Fix blind scan settings
    121  - Update channel Ulyanov sat
    122  - Update channel sat default
    123  - Update matze70 default settings
    124  - Update Settings matze70 new design
    125  - Fix miniplayer
    126  - Update almost all skins : add cross control , emucontrol & MiniTV
    127  - Update titan_grey swapskin (old default)
    128  - Fix mute atevio7000
    129  - Default skin , remove hidden = yes; cross control , emucontrol & MiniTV
    130  - Update default skin , just some re - formatting
    131  - At7000 little led fix
    132  - Update almost all skins , at7000 led brightness
    133  - Fix ... stop if not used
    134  - At7000 at led brightness final
    135  - Update infobar enable vol + / - on rcleft / rcright enable ch + / - on ...
    136  - New weather icons
    137  - Add timote
    138  - Update all 0815 skins
    139  - Update tobayer01 skins , small fix in epgsearch , set fontcol2
    140  - Write config newsletter direct entry
    141  - Add timeout newsletter and save only if no timeout
    142  - Update cool & coolMiniTV swapskins
    143  - Next fix ac3 increase enlarge
    144  - Fix youtube
    145  - Fix rectimer after event
    146  - Fix for webif atevio700/7000
    147  - Update vpn
    148  - [ Vpn ] update tun.ko to P211
    149  - Update newsletter start / stop
    150  - Fix blinking clock
    151 
    152 [[br]]
    153 
    154 ----
    155 '''Titan Version 1.25'''
    156 ----
    157 
    158 
    159  - Changelog Version 1.25
    160  
    161  - Fixed problems when shooting and switching with multi-tuner
    162  - CI module recognition improved, inter alia, Fixed maxcam and Unicam problems
    163  - EPG Quick Facts added in the menu. Can also be used by pressing the " 0" are called in the station list.
    164  - Automatic backup (user data such as channel lists , network settings , etc. are automatically moved from the v1.25 in a personal folder and the online update again Made . )
    165  - Update the driver for the card reader
    166  - Bouquet / Favorites list change in the EPG view the << >> buttons
    167  - Automatic subtitle start ( below picture and sound settings adjustable)
    168  - Added Permanent Time-Shift function ( beta / trial version) OMay under Main Menu -> Settings -> TimeShift settings are activated.
    169  - WLAN optimized settings
    170  - Multimedia features further improved
    171  - Fixed problems playing and the forward and rewind recordings
    172  - Search for repetitions in the EPG view by pressing the "0" key added
    173  - Easy Sleep Timer: In addition to entering the numbers can also press the << >> buttons to set the time
    174  - Switch off after receiving end -shutdown on possible OIM Sleep Timer menu , press the " GREEN" for turning off " the mission end "
    175  - Message added the automatic shutdown (eg after an exposure) , in which one has the opportunity to stop the shutdown.
    176  - Direct retrieval of detailed information transmitter by pressing the Info button ( 2x)
    177  - Einstellbar under System Settings " Second Infobar "
    178  - Buffer size and resolution of Internet streams can be selected when retrieving a stream
    179  - Tuner can be disabled via the menu
    180  - Added · New menu item " Audio Delay " under picture and sound settings
    181  - SATA port for hard drive can now be selected in System Settings (SATA Connector = internal / external)
    182  - Programmed series can be stored in a separate folder now
    183  - press OIM Recording Timer menu "Create Directory " button "RED" for
    184  - Online Gallery / TiThek : adaptation of the menu view ( size of the images ) by pressing the menu button.
    185  - [AM 7600 ] New menu item " behavior in the Title" VFDisplay menu added (flashing , fade out / in , show record ... ) .
    186  - Update the icons / symbols in the Infobar , channel list and EPG view
    187 
    188 [[br]]
    189 
    190 ----
    191 '''Titan Version 1.30'''
    192 ----
    193 
    194 
    195  - Changelog Version 1.30
    196 
    197  - Update station list Astra 19.2 and 13.0 Hotbrid
    198  - Update library
    199  - Update (menu interface) Skins
    200  - New bootloader i -boot
    201  - Boot times AM 500/510 HD under 16 seconds
    202  - Boot times AM 7500/7600 HD PVR less than 20 seconds
    203  - Image output on the TV right after the turn of the device.
    204  - Various boat setting
    205  - Simplify installation of future firmware updates
    206  - Dual boot fit ( not yet active)
    207  - New: stations can be assigned to individual CI modules now
    208  - Main menu à System -> CI modules at Blue button (transmitter)
    209  - Support for various CI modules improved.
    210  - Improving the Wi-Fi settings
    211  - Added display HDD / capacity in timer overview and Media Player
    212  - Setting under : Main Menu à Settings à Skin Settings
    213  - Fixed menu display problems in 3D mode
    214  - EPG display improved (jumps with buttons 7 and 9 possible)
    215  - Improved time-shift and permanent time shift function
    216  - Sleep timer improves
    217  - Improved unicable Settings
    218 
    219 [[br]]
    220 
    221 ----
    222 '''Titan Version v1.32'''
    223 ----
    224 
    225 
    226  - Changelog Version 1.32
    227 
    228  - Atemio AM 500 HD (incl. new i-boot bootloader)
    229  - Atemio AM 510 HD (incl. new i-boot bootloader)
    230  - Atemio AM 7500 HD PVR (including new i-boot bootloader)
    231  - Atemio AM 7600 HD PVR (including new i-boot bootloader)
    232  - Atevio AV 700 HD
    233  - Atevio AV 7000 HD PVR
    234  - Atevio AV 7500 HD PVR (including new i-boot bootloader)
    235 
    236  - Update Channel List Astra 19.2 and 13.0 Hotbrid
    237  - Update station list Unity Media and Kabel BW
    238  - Update library
    239  - XXX streams / portals can be hidden in the library. (Menu button in the library press)
    240  - Problem with sorting in the FileList corrected and improved
    241  - Added Smart Card menu item
    242  - Improved file manager / file browser
    243  - Hard disk indicator improved
    244  - Repair function of var improves / mnt
    245  - Auto Timer improves
    246  - Errors in various TPK packages resolved.
    247  - Record timer added in the web interface.
    248 
    249 [[br]]
    250 
    251 ----
    252 '''Titan 1.45iboot'''
    253 ----
    254 
    255 
    256  - Changelog Version 1.32
    257 
    258  - New iboot bootloader
    259  * Memory management improved
    260  * Extended Flash memory to 11MB
    261 
    262  - Optimization of the channel search
    263  - New plug-in ( TPK package) e2webserv
    264  - Problem with subtitles resolved
    265  - 2x rcyellow add to player for subtitle
    266  - Support of 4TB hard drives
    267  - Update Video Player
    268  - Problem sorting the provider corrected
    269  - EPG search improves
    270  - Fixed problem with dlna
    271  - Problem with NSFB and Call Monitor resolved
    272  - Subtitle and EPG PID is stored in the recording
    273  - ARD library added
    274  - Update imdbfolder
    275  - Update the various menu languages
    276  - File Browser improves
    277  - Swap mount problem solved
    278  - Memory test before plugin installation added
    279  - Installation of TPK packages improved.
    280  - Installation FLASH (FLASH) : install in flash memory is deleted after a firmware update .
    281  - MNT installation ( FLASH) : installation in the flash, still present after firmware update.
    282  - SWAP installation (USB or HDD): Installing to USB / HDD , still present after image update .
    283  - Titan -plugin- keymaps -neutrino • Fixed problems with plug
    284  - Update all Skins
    285  - Media Player improves
    286  - improved CI module support
    287  - Update Web Interface
    288  - Added EPG Webtimer
    289  - Screenshot Auto Refresh
    290  - Fixed problem with recording button
    291  - Update the list of channels
    292  - unicable function ( single-cable ) improved
    293  - Problems with unicable receiving fixed
    294  - Permanent Time shift function improved. With the Play button can now be called up again the recording folder .
    295  - improved WLAN function
    296  - Added function to backup / restore settings
    297  - Update the screen saver
    298  - Support for ext4 -> storage media can be formatted now available in ext4 .
    299  - Plug-in ( TPK packets)
    300  - improved auto- timer plugin
    301  - channel lists revised
    302  - New plug Enigma2 WebIf API ( network) only .
    303  * Allows access to TitanNit by an E2 clients (eg dreaMote App on Iphone ) . After installing the program on a Atemio receiver with TitanNit it is possible by means of an E2 - clients to control the receiver to stream channels and recordings , and manage the timer. This works both with a corresponding app on iOS or on a PC (or Raspberry Pi ) with the XBMC software ( VU +).
    304  * We tested dreaMote Lite , dreaMote , e2RemoteHD and Dreambox Live on iOS , and with XBMC under Windows7 and Raspberry Pi
    305  - Zapback advertising Zapper PlugIn
    306  - Fixed problems with TPK packages "open VPN " and " gemediarender "
    307 
    308 [[br]]
    309 
    310 ----
    311 '''Titan 1.47iboot'''
    312 ----
    313 
    314 
    315  - Changelog Version 1.32
    316  
    317  - In the Media Center was "start at the last position" fixed.
    318  - The RC Recall function for the Atemio 520 was installed.
    319  - For remote controls, the RC-resolution and the RC mute on the Atevio700/7000 and Atemio 7600 all key bindings now work correctly.
    320  - The resolution function has been extended for Scart and YUV.
    321  - The recording of the screen shoot for the background image is taken after 10 min of recording, the recording is shorter then the first frame is taken.
    322  - The Screenshoot function in Media Center on the Record button fixed.
    323  - In the web interface at the Screenshoot now the video display plus the OSD will display.
    324  - In the Media Center automatic TMDB / imdb wallpapers search has been fixed.
    325  - The manual search in imdb has been fixed.
    326  - Satellite channel lists default and adjusted TPK updates.
    327  
    328 [[br]]
    329 
    330 ----
    331 '''Titan 1.49iboot'''
    332 ----
    333 
    334 
    335  - Changelog Version 1.47
    336 
    337  - Changed hard drives formatting
    338  - Revised Mount System
    339  - Cutting function of the recordings
    340  - Setting Updates
    341  - HBBTV removed, thus in the image more Ram
    342  - Library revised
    343  - Panel Functions in the Image Settings
    344  - Shifted Flash labels down
    345  -  Installed Screenshoot with video -
    346  - Mediatheques local search built
    347  - Complete base image was updated
    348  - Vizcam, mod oscam and oscam away YMOD
    349  - Web browser favorites update
    350  - Fix mute button
    351  - Marker autoseek
    352  - Fix gbox config
    353  - Fixed TPK updates
    354  - Update the channel lists for TPK and default list
    355  - Adapted picons for new stations
    356  - Skins adapted for new functions in the menus
    357 
    358 [[br]]
    359 
    360 ----
    361 '''Titan 1.50iboot'''
    362 ----
    363 The following ticket fixed:
    364  
    365  - Internal Player - rewind does not work
    366  - General - When updating the 520 one also sees the 5200 updates
    367  - General - Web interface rc rc code image and adaptable boxes mipsel for both missing
    368  - Audio - ac3 sound <- in tv mode has no influence lautstärle leveler
    369  - LCD - Display AM 5000
    370  - Ci - ci modules
    371  - Media Center - Desktop Wallpaper Media Center missing
    372  - General - plug-ins and settings will be lost after each update
    373  - External player - volume leveler no effective
    374  - Gui - showiframe still does not work
    375  - Tuner - Second Tuner ( plug-in) will not appear in the 5200 / recognized
    376  - General - Press CH up / down reversed
    377  - component1 - xupnpd as a DLNA server
    378  - Skins - ... infobar closed from tobayer
    379  - Gui - hdd format it will not be displayed dateisyteme closed
    380  - TitanNit - no record in standby
    381  - System - NTFSwrite parameter resume in closed settings
    382  - General - The wysiwyg display at the wiki editing brings erroneous entries
    383  - General - Protection of minors has no effect
    384  - General - [ Am520 ] flashing display for remote control operation
    385  - General - shift caused by transmitters reboot the box
    386  - General - scripts before and after shooting
    387  - System - menu item will change color saturation color temperature
    388  - General - Recovery time ( recoverrun ) is not saved
    389  - TiThek - No thumbnails of each video in the TiThek
    390  - General - Review Dutch translation
    391 
    392 [[br]]
    393 
    394 ----
    395 '''Titan 1.53iboot'''
    396 ----
    397 The following ticket fixed:
    398  
    399 all
    400  - Revised channel lists
    401  - Reworked skins
    402  - LCD perl fixed
    403  - Fix oscam nightly
    404  - online Library extended (FilmOn TV)
    405  - Improved channel search
    406  - Picon adapted and added new channels
    407  - deleted the 320x240 Picon Samsung LCD, please the X-Light install transparent.
    408    
    409 mipsel
    410  - WLAN Fixed Atemio 5200
    411  - Allow for e2 Telnet and FTP Atemio 5200
    412 
    413 ----
    414 '''Titan 1.55iboot'''
    415 ----
    416 Changelog:
    417  
    418  - Added language files
    419  - Fixed Skins
    420  - Fixed Library (eg, rtl, RTL2, Super RTL, rtlnitro, ntv, vox, etc.) and added new hoster and inserted an improved search function
    421  - Improved web interface (added online and off line help)
    422  - Added IP boxes
    423  - Added Ufs913
    424  - Extended transponder and Settings
    425  - Add PIP and installed Oled Skins for Atemio Nemesis
    426  - EMU installation removed in Flash and configs extended
  • wiki/pages/it/Video-Player

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.2.2 Video Player''' [=#point3.2.2]([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.2 Media Center (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Video_Player.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 >here you can play movies.
    10 
    11 
    12 
    13 [[br]]
    14 ----
    15  '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
    16 
    17  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    18  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    19  
    20  ||'''Red Button: (Sorting)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
    21  ||'''Green Button: (Filelist-Mode)''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
    22  ||'''Yellow Button: (Random)''' ||select random play mode.||
    23  ||'''Blue Button: (Repeat)''' ||Select Repeat play mode.||
    24  ||'''Menu Button: (Menu)''' ||This will show an advanced settings menu for the media player see below for more info on the functions contained with in this menu.||
    25 
    26 ----
    27  '''Advanced Media Player Menu'''
    28 
    29 [[br]]
    30 
    31  videos:
    32  ||'''Sort:''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
    33  ||'''View:''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
    34  ||'''MediaDB Autoscan:''' ||Auto scan MediaDb in Background.||
    35  ||'''Default Directory:''' ||Set the default directory to display when the media player opens.||
    36  ||'''Use Last Directory:''' ||open the last used directory when the media player opens.||
    37  ||'''Backdrop Interval:''' ||sets the change time of the background picture||
    38 
    39  '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
    40 
    41 
    42  ||'''Red Button: (Network)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
    43  ||'''Green Button: (Edit)''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
    44 
    45 ----
    46 
  • wiki/pages/it/Video-Settings

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.14 Video Settings''' [=#point3.6.14] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Video_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 
    10 here you can change your video display settings select a menu item and use the d pad left and right to adjust the setting see a list of a available settigs below.
    11 
    12 [[br]]
    13 
    14  ||'''Brightness:''' ||Here you can edit the brightness of the display.||
    15  ||'''Contrast:''' ||Here you can edit the Contrast of the display.||
    16  ||'''Tint:''' ||Here you can edit the Tint of the display.||.||
    17  
    18  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the Video Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    19  
    20 [[br]]
    21 ----
    22 
    23  '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    24 
    25  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    26  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    27  
    28  ||'''Red Button: (Default)''' ||This will reset the Video settings to the default setting.||
  • wiki/pages/it/WLAN-Settings

    r37425 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.4.2 WLAN Settings''' [=#point3.5.4.2] ([wiki:Network#point3.5.4 network (Back])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/WLAN-Settings.jpg)]]br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can check and adjust the settings for your wireless interface.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 
    13  ||'''SSID On Boot:''' ||Autostart the wireless interface on startup.||
    14  ||'''SSID:''' || this shows the current SSID press the __"text"__ button to edit.||
    15  ||'''Type:''' ||Set the security method.||
    16  ||'''KEY:''' ||this shows the current security key press the __"text"__ button to edit.||
    17  
    18  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    19  
    20 [[br]]
    21 ----
    22 
    23  '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    24 
    25  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    26  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    27  
    28  ||'''Text Button: (keyboard)''' ||This will show you the past log history for the wireless interface.||
    29  ||'''Red Button: (Search)''' ||This will reset the saved epg removing all program data.||
    30  ||'''Green Button: (Start)''' ||On a customisable item this will bring up editor to edit a value or text string.||
    31  ||'''Yellow Button: (Stop)''' ||Brings up the epg scan list and you may from there add aditional boquets to be scaned during an epg scan.||
    32  ||'''Blue Button: (Log)''' ||This will show you the past log history for the wireless interface.||
    33  ||'''Info Button: (Info)''' ||This will show you the information on the currently conected WLAN device.||
    34 
  • wiki/pages/it/Weather

    r37419 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.2.7 Weather''' [=#point3.2.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.2 Media Center (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/export/26462/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/weather.jpg)]][[br]]
    8 >
    9 >Weather is where you can view the weather around the world.
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 
    13 [[Image(http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/export/26462/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/weather_red_TEXT.jpg)]]
  • wiki/pages/it/Wiki

    r37425 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 {{{#!div align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 300%"
    3  
    4 Welcome to the TitanNit Wiki
    5 }}}
    6 ----
    7 '''Noticeboard'''
    8 ----
    9 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_3/_path_/etc/boot/bootlogo.jpg, 240px, align=right,link=http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php)]]
    10 {{{#!html
    11 <form action="//sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/search?q" method="get">
    12 <input type="text" name="q" value="" size="30"/>
    13 <input type="submit" value="Search wiki"/>
    14 -->
    15 </form>
    16 }}}
    17 
    18 This is the TitanNit Online Manual. Its existence is based solely on the contributions of the members of the community.
    19 
    20 This manual remains incomplete, although it comes closer on a daily basis, as the TitanNit software is continually being developed and improved this site is repeatedly extended and adapted.
    21 
    22 There may be functionality that does not yet exist in this manual, so please feel free to pitch in and make any changes you see fit, that way as TitanNit evolves this manual will continue to evolve as well.
    23 
    24 If you are unsure if you should put some information in here or not, please feel free to contact us on [wiki:Contact#point15 Skype].
    25 Registered users may edit and create pages, and if you wish to access the wiki svn to upload pictures via TortiseSVN please contact us on [wiki:Contact#point15 Skype].
    26 
    27 For those of you who help us by contributing to this wiki might want to keep an eye on the [[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forumdisplay.php?278-TitanNit | TitanNit]] section in the forum, and we may be able to provide you with some developer only beta tools and updates for use to test functions and take forth comming screen shots for the wiki and to test new features.
    28 
    29 Currently translations for other languages would be high on the list if you are able to help with translation's on the wiki go for it if you are able to help with gui translations please see [wiki:External-Software-TitanNitLanguageEditor#point9.6 TitanNitLanguageEditor] for information on creating and submitting these to the devs.
    30  
    31 This manual was created in order to help the users of TitanNit as a place to consolidate the information accrued over the years on the AAFforum and to tap in the flow of information from the developers.
    32 
    33 Please note that information on Emus, Illegal decryption of channels, card sharing and the like is not allowed, any information placed on this wiki is up for editing and modification by the community so don't get angry if it is removed or edited.
    34 
    35 NO copyrighted content is to be placed on this wiki if you are not the copyright holder of pictures or information placed on here or blatently copy works from other sources you may be banned from the wiki and or forum.
    36 
    37 ----
    38 '''Contents Section''' ([WikiStart#point0 Main page(language select)])
    39 [[br]]
    40 ----
    41 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto"
    42  {{{#!table style="border: none"
    43   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    44   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    45 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Quick-Start-Guide.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Quick-Start-Guide#point0 Quick Start Guide])]]
    46   }}}
    47   '''[wiki:Quick-Start-Guide#point0 Quick Start Guide]'''[[br]]
    48   {{{#!div style="float: left
    49 This section contains the quick start guide where users can set up titanin a short precise way.
    50   }}}
    51   }}}
    52   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    53   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    54 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/History.png,align=left,link=[wiki:History#point1 TitanNit Info])]]
    55   }}}
    56   '''[wiki:History#point1 TitanNit Info]'''[[br]]
    57   {{{#!div style="float: left
    58 This section contains background information in reguards to TitanNit
    59   }}}
    60   }}}
    61   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    62   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    63 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Functions#point2 Interface Elements])]]
    64   }}}
    65   '''[wiki:Functions#point2 Interface Elements]'''[[br]]
    66   {{{#!div style="float: left
    67 This setion contains information on the interface of TitanNit
    68   }}}
    69   }}}
    70   |----
    71   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    72   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    73 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Interface-Operation.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Interface-Operation#point3 Interface and Operation])]]
    74   }}}
    75   '''[wiki:Interface-Operation#point3 Interface and Operation]'''[[br]]
    76   {{{#!div style="float: left
    77 This section shows the interface and menu structure within TitanNit
    78   }}}
    79   }}}
    80   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    81   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    82 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Remote-Device-Control.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point3.9 Remote/ Device Control contents])]]
    83   }}}
    84   '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point3.9 Remote/ Device Control]'''[[br]]
    85   {{{#!div style="float: left
    86 This section contains information on the control of titan from the various remote interfaces
    87   }}}
    88   }}}
    89   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    90   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    91 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Architecture-Programming.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Architecture-Programming#point4  Architecture and Programming])]]
    92   }}}
    93   '''[wiki:Architecture-Programming#point4  Architecture and Programming]'''[[br]]
    94   {{{#!div style="float: left
    95 This section contains information on the the various architecture and programming information regarding TitanNit
    96   }}}
    97   }}}
    98   |----
    99   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    100   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    101 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Versions.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Versions#point6 Versions])]]
    102   }}}
    103   '''[wiki:Versions#point6 Versions]'''[[br]]
    104  {{{#!div style="float: left
    105 This section explains the different versions of TitanNit and their differences.
    106   }}}
    107   }}}
    108   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    109   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    110 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Supported-Recievers.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Supported-Receivers#point7 Supported Receivers])]]
    111   }}}
    112   '''[wiki:Supported-Receivers#point7 Supported Receivers]'''[[br]]
    113    {{{#!div style="float: left
    114 This section details the supported receiver models in TitanNit.
    115   }}}
    116   }}}
    117   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    118   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    119 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Installation-Recovery.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Installation-Recovery#point8 Installation / Recovery])]]
    120   }}}
    121   '''[wiki:Installation-Recovery#point8 Installation / Recovery]'''[[br]]
    122   {{{#!div style="float: left
    123 This section contains information on how to install and recover your titan installation.
    124   }}}
    125   }}}
    126   |----
    127   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    128   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    129 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software#point9 External Software])]]
    130   }}}
    131   '''[wiki:External-Software#point9 External Software]'''[[br]]
    132   {{{#!div style="float: left
    133 This section explains external software for use with TitanNit.
    134   }}}
    135   }}}
    136   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    137   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    138 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Contents#point10 Plugins])]]
    139   }}}
    140   '''[wiki:Plugins-Contents#point10 Plugin]'''[[br]]
    141   {{{#!div style="float: left
    142 This section will show you the various plugins available for titan and their source codes.
    143   }}}
    144   }}}
    145   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    146   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    147 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Development.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Development#point11 Development])]]
    148   }}}
    149   '''[wiki:Development#point11 Development]'''[[br]]
    150   {{{#!div style="float: left
    151 This section details information on how to develop plugins for TitanNit.
    152   }}}
    153   }}}
    154 |----
    155   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    156   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    157 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Troubleshooting.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Troubleshooting#point12 Troubleshooting])]]
    158   }}}
    159   '''[wiki:Troubleshooting#point12 Troubleshooting]'''[[br]]
    160   {{{#!div style="float: left
    161 This section explains using the trac bug system.
    162   }}}
    163   }}}
    164   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    165   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    166 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Manufactures.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Manufactures#point13 Manufactures])]]
    167   }}}
    168   '''[wiki:Manufactures#point13 Manufacturers]'''[[br]]
    169   {{{#!div style="float: left
    170 This section will show you information about various manufacturers of TitanNit capable hardware.
    171   }}}
    172   }}}
    173   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    174   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    175 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Community.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Community#point14 Community])]]
    176   }}}
    177   '''[wiki:Community#point14 Community]'''[[br]]
    178   {{{#!div style="float: left
    179 This section details information on how to get support for titan.
    180   }}}
    181   }}}
    182 |----
    183   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    184   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    185 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Contact.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Contact#point15 Contact])]]
    186   }}}
    187   '''[wiki:Contact#point15 Contact]'''[[br]]
    188    {{{#!div style="float: left
    189 This section has info on how to contact the TitanNit Team.
    190   }}}
    191   }}}
    192   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    193   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    194 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Translation.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Translation#point16 Translation])]]
    195   }}}
    196   '''[wiki:Translation#point16 Translation]'''[[br]]
    197   {{{#!div style="float: left
    198 This section is for wiki editors to place translation marks there.
    199   }}}
    200   }}}
    201   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    202   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    203 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Disclaimer.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Disclaimer#point17 Disclaimer])]]
    204   }}}
    205   '''[wiki:Disclaimer#point17 Disclaimer]'''[[br]]
    206   {{{#!div style="float: left
    207 This section contains a legal disclaimer.
    208   }}}
    209   }}}
    210 |----
    211   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    212   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    213 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Testpage.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Testpage#point17 Testpage])]]
    214   }}}
    215   '''[wiki:Testpage#point17 Testpage]'''[[br]]
    216    {{{#!div style="float: left
    217 This is a test page for testing wiki code
    218   }}}
    219   }}}
    220 
    221  }}}
    222 }}}
    223 ----
    224 '''Screenshots of the interface'''
    225 ----
    226 {{{#!div align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 300%"
    227 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Mainmenu.jpg, 250px)]]
    228 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Recordsand_EPG.jpg, 250px)]]
    229 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Media_Center.jpg, 250px)]]
    230 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Media_player.jpg, 250px)]]
    231 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Extentions.jpg, 250px)]]
    232 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/System.jpg, 250px)]]
    233 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Settings.jpg, 250px)]]
    234 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Information.jpg, 250px)]]
    235 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Standby_Poweroff.jpg, 250px)]]
    236 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Playback-OSD.jpg, 250px)]]
    237 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/EPG-OSD.jpg, 250px)]]
    238 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Internal-Player-OSD.jpg, 250px)]]
    239 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Favourite-OSD.jpg, 250px)]]
    240 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Web_Control.jpg, 250px)]]
    241 [[br]]
    242 }}}
  • wiki/pages/it/WikiStart

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 {{{#!div align=center style="border: none; font-size: 300%"
    3 Benvenuti al Progetto TitanNit
    4 }}}
    5 ----
    6 
    7 {{{#!div align=center style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    8  [=#point0]'''Si prega di selezionare la lingua''' :
    9 
    10 ||= '''[wiki:de/Wiki#point0 Deutsch]''' =||= '''[wiki:en/Wiki#point0 English]''' =||= '''[wiki:fr/Wiki#point0 Français]''' =||= '''[wiki:gr/Wiki#point0 ελληνικός]''' =||= '''[wiki:it/Wiki#point0 Italiano]''' =||= '''[wiki:nl/Wiki#point0 Nederlands]''' =||= '''[wiki:pl/Wiki#point0 Polski]''' =||= '''[wiki:ru/Wiki#point0 Русский]''' =||= '''[wiki:vn/Wiki#point0 Vietnam]''' =||
    11 ||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/de.png,link=wiki:de/Wiki#point0)]] =||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/en.png,link=wiki:en/Wiki#point0))]] =||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/fr.png,link=wiki:fr/Wiki#point0))]] =||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/GR/gr.png,link=wiki:gr/Wiki#point0))]] =||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/it.png,link=wiki:it/Wiki#point0))]] =||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/nl.png,link=wiki:nl/Wiki#point0))]] =||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/PL/pl.png,link=wiki:pl/Wiki#point0))]] =||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/ru.png,link=wiki:ru/Wiki#point0))]] =||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/vn.png,link=wiki:vn/Wiki#point0))]] =||
    12 [[br]]
    13 [[br]]
    14 }}}
    15 
    16 
    17 
    18 ''' [wiki:TitleIndex#point Title Index] '''[[br]]
    19 '''[wiki:Wiki-Help-Contents#point0 Wiki Help Contents]'''
  • wiki/pages/nl/AV-Settings

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.1 AV Settings''' [=#point3.6.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/AV-Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 > here you can setup your audio and visual settings.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  ||'''Resolution (Default)''' ||Set the default resolution of the decoder.||
    14  ||'''Resolution Current:''' ||Shows the current resolution of the decoder.||
    15  ||'''Auto Resolution:'''  ||Do you want the EPG file to be deleted after being read.||
    16  ||'''Policy:''' ||If the image does not suit the screen format what method shuld the decoder use to best fill the display.||
    17  ||'''Aspect:''' ||Set the aspect ratio of the display.||
    18  ||'''Colour Format''' ||Set the colour format of the hdmi output.||
    19  ||'''Colour Format Scart/ Composite:''' ||Set the colour format of the composite and scart output.||
    20  ||'''Audio Source:''' ||Select the audio source format.||
    21  ||'''Ac3 Default:''' ||Do you wish for the default audio format to be AC3.||
    22  ||'''Ac3 Mode:''' ||Set the output conversion format of the AC3 stream.||
    23  ||'''Audio Delay:''' ||Set the delay or advance time of the audio signal to sync it with the video signal.||
    24  ||'''Inc AC3 Audio in %:''' ||Increace ac3 audio volume in % of total volume.||
    25  ||'''3D Mode:''' ||Output the tv signal in side by side or vertical 3d format.||
    26  ||'''two step mute:''' ||Set the default function of the mute button lower volume then mute or just mute.||
    27  ||'''automatic restart last subtitle:''' ||load the last used subtitle when playing back a recording or stream.||
    28  ||'''Sound ampflier (tv modus/ internal player)''' ||Increace the volume amplification when  watching tv or using the default media player.||
    29  ||'''Sound ampflier (external player)''' ||Increace the volume amplification when  using a third party media player.||
    30  
    31  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    32  
    33 
    34 
    35 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/About

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''About''' [=#point3.70.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point103.70 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0.2 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/about.jpg)]][[BR]]
    7 >
    8 > here you fiew information about the installed titan image.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Adaptor-Settings

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 
    3 >----
    4 >'''3.5.4.1 Adaptor Settings''' [=#point3.5.4.1] ([#point3.5.1 network (Back])
    5 >
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Adaptor-Settings.jpg)]]br]]
    8 >
    9 Here you can check and adjust the settings for your Eithernet Interface.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    14 
    15  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the settings menu.
    16  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    17  
    18  ||'''Red Button: (Edit)''' ||This will bring up the edit interface dialogue of the selected Eithernet interface.||
    19  ||'''Green Button: (Hostname)''' ||This will bring up the Hostname dialogue allowing you to edit the host name of the reciever.||
  • wiki/pages/nl/Adjust

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.6 Adjust''' [=#point3.6.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Adjust.jpg)]][[BR]]
    7 >
    8 >Here you can adjust various other settings of the decoder.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12  ||'''Volume Bar Timeout''' ||How long the Volume Bar should display after chang of the volume.||
    13  ||'''Infobar Sleep:''' ||timeperiod until the Infobar appears||
    14  ||'''Infobar Timeout:''' ||How long the Infobar should display after being displayed.||
    15  ||'''Second Infobar:''' ||what function should happen of a second press of the info key.||
    16  ||'''Virtualzap Timeout:''' ||???||
    17  ||'''Spinnerspeed:''' ||How fast the animated hourglass display should move.||
    18  ||'''SpinnerTime:''' ||??? ||
    19  ||'''Hangtime:''' ||How long to wait for something to happen before bringing up the crash display.||
    20  || '''Fastzap:''' ||Use fast channel switching.||
    21  ||'''Dont Clear TV on Zap (Only on Fastzap):'''|| keep the picture on the display during channel change but not during fast channel change. ||
    22  ||'''Faststop:''' ||???. ||
    23  ||'''Dir Sort:''' ||Select the mode for sorting directorys in file list displays. ||
    24  ||'''Power Action:''' ||Function to preform on operation of the power button (Stand-By) or Switch Off (Deep Stand-By) ETC... ||
    25  ||'''Fast Text Renderer:''' ||Use the hack Fasttext renderer to increace the speed of text displays. ||
    26  ||'''Record Split Size:''' ||Set the size of recording files and break apart if the recording excedes the selected size. ||
    27  ||'''Record Forerun (Min):''' ||Set the amout of time to pre record before the start of a timer recording. ||
    28  ||'''Record Overrun (Min):''' ||Set the amout of time to record after a timer recording has finished.||
    29  ||'''Set Action After Record:''' ||Set the function to preform after a recording or timer has finished.||
    30  ||'''Skip 1/3:''' ||Set the playback skip time when you press the buttons 1 and 3. ||
    31  ||'''Skip 4/6:''' ||Set the playback skip time when you press the buttons 4 and 6. ||
    32  ||'''Skip 7/9:''' ||Set the playback skip time when you press the buttons 7 and 9. ||
    33  ||'''Change Channelname Auto:''' ||Automatically change the channel name if it changes or new channels replace old ones. ||
    34  ||'''Show Time Line in Channel list:''' ||Show the time display in the channel list display. ||
    35  ||'''Animated Screens:''' ||Use anamated displays in the GUI. ||
    36  ||'''Animated Speed:''' ||Set the speed of the anamated displays in the GUI if anamated displaus is enabled. ||
    37  ||'''Channel List View:''' ||Should the channel list view be automatically hidden. ||
    38  ||'''Show Last Position Question:''' ||During the startup of a media file do you wish to be asked where should the play start from. ||
    39  ||'''Resync Recording Immediatly:''' ||During recording ignore data buffer and sync recording imediatly. ||
    40  ||'''Recording Name:''' ||Change the default format of the name of the recording. ||
    41  ||'''Newsletter:''' ||Show the news letter on startup. ||
    42  ||'''Show Hidden Files:''' ||Show files that are makked as hidden in file list displays. ||
    43  ||'''Expert Mode:''' ||Set expert mode to enable advanced functions. ||
    44  ||'''Show Infobar on Program Change:''' ||Show the infobar when the channel is displayed. ||
    45  ||'''Use Cross Control for Fast Zapping and Volume Control:''' ||Use the d-pad buttons for fastzap and volume control. ||
    46  ||'''Deactivate Cript Support on Media Playback:''' ||Disable CA and Smartcard decoding when playing back a media file. ||
    47  ||'''Deactivate Mini TV:''' ||Disable the mini TV picture when GUI elements are being displayed. ||
    48  ||'''Playback Buffer Size:''' ||set the size of the read ahead buffer during playback of media files for smooth playback. ||
    49  ||'''Time to Wait After Seek to Fill Buffer:''' ||Pausetime after seek to enable buffer to fill during playback to ensure smooth playback. ||
    50  ||'''Community User:''' ||Set the default username for username propmts. ||
    51  ||'''Community Pass:''' ||Set the default Password for password propmts. ||
    52 
    53  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    54  
    55 [[br]]
    56 ----
    57 
    58 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Architecture-Programming

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 
    3 ----
    4 '''5 Architecture - programming contents''' [=#point5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    5 ----
    6 [[br]]
    7 
    8 TitanNit is currently coded by a group of talented developers from the AAF digital Forums and is released for several different Receiver models and brands/reseller models.
    9 
    10 This section explains the architecture and programming information that titannit is engineered on and information of the dev team and its helpers in the present and in the past.
    11 
    12 Please select an item below for more information.
    13 
    14 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto"
    15  {{{#!table style="border: none"
    16   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    17   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    18 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Architecture-Programming/Architectures.png,align=left,link=[#point5.1])]]
    19   }}}
    20   '''([#point5.1 Architectures])'''[[br]]
    21   {{{#!div style="float: left
    22 Information on the various supported archetures supported by TitanNit
    23   }}}
    24   }}}
    25   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    26   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    27 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Architecture-Programming/Programming_Language.png,align=left,link=[#point5.2])]]
    28   }}}
    29   '''([#point5.2 Programming language])'''[[br]]
    30   {{{#!div style="float: left
    31 Information on the underlying programming of TitanNit.
    32   }}}
    33   }}}
    34   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    35   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    36 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Architecture-Programming/Source_Control.png,align=left,link=[#point5.3])]]
    37   }}}
    38   '''([#point5.3 Source control])'''[[br]]
    39   {{{#!div style="float: left
    40 Information on the source code and policies Of TitanNit.
    41   }}}
    42   }}}
    43   |----
    44   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    45   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    46 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Architecture-Programming/The_Dev_Team.png,align=left,link=[#point5.4])]]
    47   }}}
    48   '''([#point5.4 The Dev Team])'''[[br]]
    49   {{{#!div style="float: left
    50 Here you will find the[[BR]] members of the dev team.
    51   }}}
    52   }}}
    53 }}}
    54 }}}
    55 
    56 ----
    57 '''5.1 Architecture''' [=#point5.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    58 ----
    59 '''SH4'''
    60 
    61 TitanNit was first established on the SH4 (Super-H) chipset for the atemio and kathrin receivers.
    62 
    63 The Super-H (SH4) chipset is a biendian 32bit RISC Superscaler chipset, this chipset is aimed at increacing throughput by using called instruction-level parallelism within a single core.
    64 
    65 Originally developed for multimedia devices, gaming consoles and set top boxes and was used in the Sega's Dreamcast.
    66 it has prooved popular because of its low cost and high proformance, it has found use in many low power embedded devices.
    67 
    68 Titannit SH4 is a linux based and is based on ST micro electronics opensource linux project made for the Super-H chipset called ([http://stlinux.com/ STLinux]).
    69 
    70 The SH4 chipset has been popular with the satellite community because of the quality of the display output due to inclusion of a high class floating point math unit and high speed bus which is the key components used for drawing graphics, the open source nature of the linux system that runs on it, since its introduction it has had many third party firmwares developed for it from different development teams.
    71 
    72 TitanNit is Team AAF's sucessor to the AAF enigma 2 based firmware, aaf enigma is not currently developed and support has ended to futher develop TitanNit we reccomend that if current AAF Enigma users update to TitanNit for future support.
    73 
    74 
    75 
    76 '''Mips'''
    77 
    78 After the sucess with TitanNit on the SH4 chipset the developers then started development on the Mips chipset for use with the newly introduced Atemio 5000 series receivers.
    79 
    80 The Mips chipset (Microprocessor without Interlocked Pipeline Stages) is a biendian 32bit RISC chipset, this chipset is aimed at increacing throughput by using deep instruction piplines combined with single cycle instruction processing.
    81 
    82 Originally developed for the embedded market it has found use in consumer products gaming consoles and set top boxes and was used in the Nintendo 64 and three Sony Playstation products.
    83 
    84 The chipset has prooved popular in the STB market because of the inclusion in the Dreambox Recievers that has spawned clone and copy cat receivers, but it has a draw back that it lacks finness in the picture quality department over the SH4 based receivers as explained above, it has the advantage that it has a larger user base and therfore more plugins are available currently than the sh4 chipset based recievers.
    85 
    86 Titannit Mips is a linux based and is based on the open source project [https://github.com/oe-alliance oe-alliance].
    87 
    88 The Mips chipset has been popular with the satellite community because of open source nature of the dbox based firmwares since its introduction has had many third party firmwares developed for it from different development teams.
    89 
    90 
    91 
    92 '''Future Architectures'''
    93 
    94 There is a possibility that development may spread to other Receiver models and other architectures in the future such as the ARM architecture or PPC.
    95 Future development to support more Receivers is at the mercy of the developers and also the Hardware manufacturers who support the TitanNit project.
    96 
    97 [[br]]
    98 
    99 ----
    100 '''5.2 Programming Language''' [=#point5.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    101 ----
    102 
    103 For performance reasons we have opted to use C programming language [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/C_(programming_language) wiki]
    104 
    105 In other DBox derived products such as the dream box and VU+ they have opted for a python layer to operate on top of the operating system.
    106 Python is a higher level scripting language used to define and setup elements in the gui and for an intrim language between the OS that is easily programmable.
    107 This was done so that users can easily develop and manipulate the system and integrate plugins skins etc... into the system but this has a performance hit on these system and can cause them to become slow and laggy and bloated but has the benifit of being easy for the community to develop for with out knowing much about the underlying system.
    108 
    109 The problem with this system has been that python has become so ingrained into the system and gui and often is now beyond the capibilities for the average user it was intended to used by not to mention it is a semi complicated language to learn to start with.
    110 
    111 TitanNit adresses these key conserns and has developed as much as possible br programming in C to increase the performance of the system but still alowing ease of intergration of plugins and skins using basic scripts.
    112 
    113 [[br]]
    114 
    115 ----
    116 '''5.3 Source Control''' [=#point5.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    117 ----
    118 TitanNit is a semi closed source project and contains open source elements released as required by the licences of those projects.
    119 
    120  * The basic Linux Image used in the SH4 project is the open source Project [https://gitorious.org/open-duckbox-project-sh4 open-duckbox-project-sh4]
    121  * The basic Linux Image used in the Mips project is the open source Project [https://github.com/oe-alliance oe-alliance]
    122  * TitanNit Source is nonpublic and is only partially freed[source:/titan TitanNit Public Source]
    123  * The MediaCenter is from [http://ffmpeg.org ffmpeg] and the libeplayer3 is from [https://gitorious.org/open-duckbox-project sh4/tdt/source/tdt/cvs/apps/misc/tools/libeplayer3 libeplayer3]
    124  * Busybox is a set of unix style tools combined into a single executable [http://www.busybox.net/]
    125  
    126 
    127 [[br]]
    128 
    129 ----
    130 '''5.4 The Dev team''' [=#point5.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    131 ----
    132 The TitanNit project is proudly produced by the AAF Dev team and other loyal members and helpers.
    133 development is important aswell as the work they do to help out with such things as skin's, channel logo's and setups, translations, supplemental programs and tools, and plugins and this is a place for them to be recognized.
    134 
    135 ''Note: currently this section is blank as I will leave it up to the developers and other loyal team members to place their mark''
    136 
    137 
    138 '''Founding DEV Team Members'''
    139 
    140  
    141 '''Dev Team Members'''
    142 
    143 
    144 '''Loyal Helpers'''
    145 
    146 
    147 '''Team Thanks'''
    148 
    149  We would like to thank Atemio / Atevio who helped to fund the TitanNit project and has showed interst in this project from its beginnings until now.
    150 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Atemio-Hotline

    r37419 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.5 Atemio (hotline)''' [=#point3.7.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Atemio_Hotline.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 > here you can view contact info from atemio.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Audio-Player

    r37419 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.2.1 Audio Player''' [=#point3.2.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.2 Media Center (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Audio_Player.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 > here you can play music.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13 ----
    14  '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
    15 
    16  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    17  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    18  
    19  ||'''Red Button: (Sorting)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
    20  ||'''Green Button: (Filelist-Mode)''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
    21  ||'''Yellow Button: (Random)''' ||select random play mode.||
    22  ||'''Blue Button: (Repeat)''' ||Select Repeat play mode.||
    23  ||'''Menu Button: (Menu)''' ||This will show an advanced settings menu for the media player see below for more info on the functions contained with in this menu.||
    24 
    25 ----
    26  '''Advanced Media Player Menu'''
    27 
    28 [[br]]
    29 
    30  Audio:
    31  ||'''Sort:''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
    32  ||'''View:''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
    33  ||'''MediaDB Autoscan:''' ||Auto scan MediaDb in Background.||
    34  ||'''Autostart Playlist:''' ||select the autostart Playlist.||
    35  ||'''Default Directory:''' ||Set the default directory to display when the media player opens.||
    36  ||'''Use Last Directory:''' ||open the last used directory when the media player opens.||
    37 
    38 
    39  '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
    40 
    41 
    42  ||'''Red Button: (Network)''' ||opens the network menu screen||
    43  ||'''Green Button: (Edit)''' ||Edit Mode||
    44  ||'''Yellow Button: (Screensaver)''' ||opens the screensaver menu||
    45 
    46 ----
    47 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Audio-Video-Sat

    r37425 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.18.2 Audio/ Video/ Sat''' [=#point3.5.18.2] ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings#point3.5.18 Autostart Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Autostart_Settings-Audio-Video-Sat.jpg)]][[br]]
    8 >
    9 Here you can check and adjust the video audio and satellite autostart settings.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  ||'''Bootlogo:''' ||show the boot logo on startup.||
    14  ||'''Boot RGB Fix:''' ||apply the startup rgb display output mode.||
    15  ||'''No Audio Sync:''' ||Don't wait for the audio buffer to fill before starting the audio stream.||
    16  ||'''HighSR:''' ||??.||
    17  ||'''Load stmdvb.ko with swts option''' ||???.||
    18  ||'''Load stmdvb.ko with Camrouting option''' ||???.||
    19  
    20  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
  • wiki/pages/nl/Auto-Start-Settings

    r37419 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.18 Autostart Settings''' [=#point3.6.18] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Autostart_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 >here you can change the startup settings.
    10 please select a menu item for more information
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  * ([wiki:Default-Autostart#point3.6.18.1 Default Autostart])
    14  * ([wiki:Audio-Video-Sat#point3.6.18.2 Audio/Video/Sat])
    15  * ([wiki:USB-Device#point3.6.18.3 USB Device])
    16  * ([wiki:Autostart-Network#point3.6.18.4 Network])
    17  * ([wiki:Child-Safety#point3.6.18.5 Child Safety])
    18 
    19 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Automatic-Search

    r37425 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.2.1 Automatic Search''' [=#point3.5.2.1] ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Automatic-Search.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can proform an automatic channel scan.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 
    13 
    14  ||'''Type of Scan''' ||The type of scan in progress (Automatic).||
    15  ||'''Scan:''' ||???.||
    16  ||'''Clear Before Scan:''' ||Select to clear channel data before scan.||
    17  ||'''Only Free to Air Services:''' ||During scan ignore pay tv services.||
    18  ||'''Blindscan:''' ||Scan for unknown satellite transponders.||
    19  ||'''Update channel Name''' ||If upon a rescan the channel name changes update the channel name in TitanNit.||
    20  ||'''Entrys in Favourites'''  ||if scaned channels are found in current favourites list what should be done.||
    21  ||'''Remove Empty Favourites''' ||Remove favourites list if they have no channels in them.||
    22  ||'''Remove Unused Channels From Favourites'''  ||Remove channels from favourites that have ceased transmission.||
    23 
    24  
    25  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    26 
    27  '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
    28 
    29  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    30   Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    31  
    32  ||'''Red Button: (Start scan)''' ||Start channel Scan with the selected settings.||
    33 ----
    34  '''After Scan Menu'''
    35 ----
    36 [[br]]
    37 
    38 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options after the scan hac sompleted menu.
    39   Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    40  
    41  ||'''Red Button: (Save)''' ||Select a channel you wish to save and select the green button to save it in to the channel listing.||
    42  ||'''Green Button: (Save All)''' ||Store all channels in the channel listing.||
    43 
    44 
    45  
    46 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Autostart-Network

    r37419 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3  === Autostart Settings ===
    4 '''3.6.18.4 Network''' [=#point3.6.18.4] ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings#point3.6.18 Autostart Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0.2 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    5 ----
    6 
    7 
    8 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Autostart_Settings-network.jpg)]][[br]]
    9  
    10 Here you can check and adjust autostart network settings.
    11 
    12 [[br]]
    13 
    14  ||'''NFS Server:''' ||enable the NFS Server on startup. ||
    15  ||'''Samba Server:''' ||Enable the Samba server on startup. ||
    16  ||'''Scan WLAN:''' ||scan for Wireless lan connections on startup. ||
    17  ||'''ntpdate:''' ||Alow update of the date server . ||
    18  
    19  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    20  
    21 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Backup

    r37425 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.8 Backup''' [=#point3.5.8] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/system_backup.jpg)]][[br]]
    8 >
    9 Here you can run a manual backup to /tmp or /var/backup if there is insufficent free space you can use a usb device.
    10 
    11 please ensure these folders are installed on the device for the Backup to operate.
    12 
    13 [[br]]
    14 
    15 To Exit from the backup menu press __"Exit"__.
    16  
    17 [[br]]
    18 ----
    19 
    20  '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    21 
    22  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    23  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    24  
    25  ||'''Red Button: (backup)''' ||This will Start the backup process please follow the onscreen propmps.||
    26 
    27 [[BR]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Blind-Scan-Settings

    r37425 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.1.6 Blind Scan Settings''' [=#point3.5.1.6] ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Blind-Scan-Settings.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can proform a blind scan.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12  ||'''Tuner type''' ||Select the recption tuner type.||
    13  ||'''Minimal Frequency:''' ||Set the mimimum frequency to scan for during blind scan.||
    14  ||'''Maximum Frequency:''' ||Set the maximum frequency to scan for during blind scan.||
    15  ||'''Step Frequency:''' ||Set the step size of the frequency in mhz from the start frequency to scan.||
    16  ||'''Minimal Signalrate:''' ||Set the minimum Signal rate to scan for during blind scan.||
    17  ||'''Maximum Signalrate''' ||Set the Maximum Signal rate to scan for during blind scan.||
    18  ||'''Step Signalrate'''  ||Set the brightness of the led when the system is in standby.||
    19  ||'''Use only standard forward error correction (FEC)''' ||???.||
    20  ||'''DVB-S Services Only:''' ||Scan only for SD channels.||
    21  ||'''Only Default FEC:''' ||???.||
    22 
    23  ''note: not all these options are relavant or shown and it depend's on the selected tuner type''
    24    
    25  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    26 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Blue-Button

    r37419 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.5 Blue Button''' [=#point3.6.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.60 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Blue_Button.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 >here you can configure what happens with the press of the blue button
    10 
    11 
    12 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/CPU

    r37425 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.8.6.1 CPU''' [=#point3.7.8.6.1] ([wiki:System-Infos#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/CPU.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can view the detailed cpu info.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 
    13 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Change-Feed

    r37419 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.4.2 Change Feed''' [=#point3.4.2] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.4 Extentions (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Change_Feed.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 >here you can sett up an aditional feed to obtain extra plugins not found in the online library
    10 
    11 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Channel-Edit

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.15 Channel Edit''' [=#point3.6.15] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Channel_Edit.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 >here you can edit your channel data
    10 
    11 
    12 [[br]]
    13 
    14  ||'''Copy Service:''' ||Enable channel copy mode, this enables the user to copy channels to another boquet.||
    15  ||'''Remove Service:''' ||Enable channel remove mode, this enables the user to remove channels from the currently selected boquet.||
    16  ||'''Move Service:''' ||Enable channel move mode, this enables the user to move channels to another boquet.||
    17  ||'''Protect Service:''' ||Enable channel protect mode, this enables the user to pin protect seletcted channels in the currently selected boquet.||
    18  ||'''Rename Service:''' ||Enable channel rename mode, this enables the user to copy channels to another boquet.||
    19  ||'''Sort Service:''' || selecting this will sort all channels in all boquets by alphebitac order.||
    20  ||'''Set Start Channel:''' ||Here you can set the channel you wish for the receiver to show on startup.||
    21  ||'''Delete Start Channel:''' ||Here you can remove the currently selected startup channel that shows on startup.||
    22  
    23  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
  • wiki/pages/nl/Channel-Service

    r37425 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.1 Channel Service''' [=#point3.5.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/system-Channel_Service.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 Here you can setup your tuner and proform a channel scan.
    10 please select a menu item for more information
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  * ([wiki:Tuner-Configuration#point3.5.1.1 Tuner configuration])
    14  * ([wiki:Automatic-Search#point3.5.1.2 Automatic Search])
    15  * ([wiki:Manual-Search#point3.5.1.3 Manual Search])
    16  * ([wiki:Rotor-Settings#point3.5.1.4 Rotor Settings])
    17  * ([wiki:Sat-Finder#point3.5.1.5 Sat Finder])
    18  * ([wiki:Blind-Scan-Settings#point3.5.1.6 Blind Scan Settings])
    19  * ([wiki:Create-Transponder-List#point3.5.1.7 Create Transponder List])
    20  * ([wiki:Create-Default-Favorites#point3.5.1.8 Create Default Favorites])
    21 
    22 
    23 [[br]]
    24 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Child-Protection

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.12 Child Protection''' [=#point3.6.12] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Child_Protection.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 > here you can setup your key lock and child portection settings.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13 
    14  ||'''Pin Code Menu''' ||Select the pin code used in the menu.||
    15  ||'''Pin Code Channel:''' || select the pin code used to lock TV Channels.||
    16  ||'''Protect Channels:''' || Do you wish to enable the locking of protected channels.||
    17  ||'''Age Protect:''' || do you wish to protect channels based on age restrictions.||
    18  ||'''Protect Channel Freetime (min''' || After a specific time do you wish to re-enable the lock  on protected channels if it is currently beign displayed.||
    19  ||'''Protect menu:''' || Do you wish to place a lock on the menu of the reciever.||
    20  
    21  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the Child Protection Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    22  
    23 [[br]]
    24 ----
    25 
    26  '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    27 
    28  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the cchild protection settings menu
    29  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    30  
    31  ||'''Red Button: (Menu Protect)''' ||pressing this button will bring up a list of menu items that a lock may be placed on to limit access to those areas, below is a list of all the menu items displayed in this menu.||
    32 
    33  * Soft Cam Pannel
    34  * Records and EPG
    35  * Media Center
    36  * Media Player
    37  * Extentions
    38  * System
    39  * Settigs
    40  * Information
    41  * Standby/ Poweroff
    42  * Main Menu
    43  * Media Center
    44  * GUI Restart
    45  * Power Off
    46  * Network Restart
    47  * A/V Settings
    48  * Adjust
    49  * Skin
    50  * Plugins
    51  * Records
    52  * EPG Search
    53  * Common Interface
    54  * Smart Card Reader
    55  * Flash Update Online
    56  * Child Protection
    57  * Service
    58  * Sat Finder
    59  * Epg Short View
    60  * Single Epg
    61  * Multi Epg
    62  * Graphic Epg
    63  * EPG Search
    64  * Records
    65  * Plugins
    66  * Change Feed
    67  * TPK Upgrade (Online)
    68  * TPK Install (Online)
    69  * TPK Tmp (tmp)
    70  * TPK Media (media)
    71  * TPK (remove
    72  * Channel Service...
    73  * Common Interface
    74  * Smart Card Reader
    75  * Network
    76  * Harddisk
    77  * VFDisplay
    78  * Fancontrol
    79  * System Update
    80  * Backup
    81  * Settings Backup Restore
    82  * Receiver Unlock
    83  * A/V Settings
    84  * Language
    85  * Timezone
    86  * Red Button
    87  * Blue Button
    88  * Plugin Button
    89  * Adjust
    90  * Skin Adjust
    91  * Screensaver adjust
    92  * Timeshift Settings
    93  * Record Path
    94  * EPG Settings
    95  * Child Protection
    96  * Restore Default Settings
    97  * Video Settings
    98  * Channel Edit
    99  * MediaDB Settings
    100  * Autostart Settings
    101  * Overclocking Settings
    102  * Save Settings
    103  * Service
    104  * Newsletter
    105  * About
    106  * Streaming
    107  * Atemio (hotline)
    108  * Titan Changelog
    109  * GIT Changelog
    110  * System Info
    111  * Log
    112  * System_Status
    113  * Free Space
    114  * kernel
    115  * Mounts
    116  * Network
    117  * Ram
    118  * System Infos
    119  * Cpu
    120  * Memory
    121  * MTD
    122  * Module
    123  * Devices
    124  * Swap
    125  * Top
    126  * Prozesslist
    127  * USB
    128  * Flashupdate (online)
    129  * Flashupdate (tmp)
    130  * USBupdate (online)
    131  * USBupdate (tmp)
    132  * Power off
    133  * Standby
    134  * Restart
    135  * GUI Restart
    136  * Power Off Timer
    137  * Tuner Configuration
    138  * Automatic Search
    139  * Manual Search
    140  * Manual Search Cable
    141  * Manual Search Terrestrial
    142  * Rotor Settings
    143  * Sat Config
    144  * Sat Finder
    145  * Blind scan settings
    146  * Formatt HDD
    147  * Filesystem Check
    148  * Configure
    149  * Time to Sleep
    150  * Adapter Settings
    151  * WLAN Settings
  • wiki/pages/nl/Child-Safety

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.18.5 Child Safety''' [=#point3.5.18.5] ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings#point3.5.18 Autostart Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Autostart_Settings-child_safety.jpg)]][[br]]
    8 >
    9 Here you can adjust the lock settings on startup.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  ||'''Parental:''' ||Enable lock on startup.||
    14  ||'''Pin:''' ||Select the pin number for the lock on startup.||
    15  
    16  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    17  
    18 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Common-Interface

    r37425 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.2 Common Interface''' [=#point3.5.2] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/system-Common_Interface.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 >here you can set up your installed cam devices.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  Picture:
    14  ||'''Module Type:''' ||Set the module service type (multiple/ Single Service).||
    15 
    16   To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the Common Interface Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    17  
    18 [[br]]
    19 ----
    20 
    21  '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    22 
    23  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Commom Interface menu.
    24  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    25  
    26  ||'''Red Button: (Reset)''' ||This will reset the selected Common Interface Module.||
    27  ||'''Green Button: (Menu)''' ||This will Bring up the advanced Common Interface menu.||
    28  ||'''Yellow Button: (CAID)''' ||???.||
    29  ||'''Blue Button: (Channel)''' ||Select the channels the selected CA Module will Decode.||
    30  ||'''Menu Button: (Setting)''' ||This will show the settings for the selected CA Module.||
    31 
    32 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Community

    r37419 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''14 Community''' [=#point14] ([wiki:English-Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 [[br]]
    7 
    8 The TitanNit project is supported 24 hours in the public forum.
    9 
    10 For help and support feel free to join us on our forum
    11 
    12 ||= '''[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php AAF Digital Forum]''' =||
    13 ||= [[Image(http://www.aaf-digital.info/images/logo.jpg,400,link=http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php)]] =||
    14 
    15 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Configure

    r37425 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.5.3 Hard Disk Configure''' [=#point3.5.5.3]  ([wiki:Hard-Disk#point3.5.5 hard disk (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Configure.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can configure your harddisk see below for more information.
    9 Note that you must enable ([wiki:Adjust#point3.6.7 Expertmode]) to show all available configure options in this display.
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 [[br]]
    13 
    14  ||'''Use as recordings-device''' ||Prepair the storage device for use as a recording medium.||
    15  ||'''Remove recordings-device''' ||disable the use of the storage device as a recording medium.||
    16  ||'''Use as plugins-device''' ||Prepair the storage device for use as a plugins medium.||
    17  ||'''Remove extentions-device''' ||disable the use of the storage device as a extentions medium.||
    18  ||'''Use as swap-device''' ||Prepair the storage device for use as a swap medium.||
    19  ||'''Remove swap-device''' ||disable the use of the storage device as a swap medium.||
    20  ||'''Use as backup-device''' ||Prepair the storage device for use as a backup medium.||
    21  ||'''Remove backup-device''' ||disable the use of the storage device as a backup medium.||
    22 
    23 
    24 
    25  
    26  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    27  
    28 
    29 
    30 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Contact

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''15 Contact''' [=#point15] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 Interested External Developers or testers can feel free to chat with us via Skype.
    7   • Skype Chat: "TitanNit Dev Chat"
    8   • Skype Contact: obiwan1976
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Create-Default-Favorites

    r37425 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.1.8 Create Default Favorites[=#point3.5.1.8] ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Create-Default-Favorites.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 By selecting this option it will setup the default german favourites lists.
    9 
    10 Please note that selecting this button will remove all the user pre programmed in favourites.
    11 
    12 in future it may be able to set up favourite lists from the satellites/ providers programed into the tuner.
    13 
    14    
    15  To __"Store"__ the settings by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    16 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Create-Transponder-List

    r37425 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.1.7 Create Transponder List''' [=#point3.5.1.7] ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Create-Transponder-List.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can automatically set up transponders for various services from the TitanNit online repo this will save you from having to manually create these lists from your pc or from a satellite xml generator, this will greatly simpifly channel and tuner setup.
    9 
    10 please note that these lists may be out dated and not contain a complete list of transponders for every service.
    11 
    12 [[br]]
    13 
    14  ||'''Create Transponder (Sat) ''' ||Downloads a list of current transponders from the online repo for all available satellites services. ||
    15  ||'''Create Transponder (Cable) ''' ||Downloads a list of current transponders from the online repo for all available cable services. ||
    16  ||'''Create Transponder (Terrestrial) ''' ||Downloads a list of current transponders from the online repo for all available Terrestrial services. ||
    17  ||'''Create Transponder (All) ''' ||Downloads a list of current transponders from the online repo for all available services. ||
    18 
    19 Please note that selecting one of the above options will remove all the transponders from the current channel data and may remove any custom satellite configs and tuner settings.
    20 
    21 in future it may merge the current programmed in user assigned transponders.
    22 
    23 A rescan will need to be preformed after preforming an option be sure to make a backup before proforming this action to be safe.
    24  
    25    
    26  To __"Store"__ the settings by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    27 
  • wiki/pages/nl/DYNDNS-Settings

    r37425 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.4.7 DYNDNS Settings''' [=#point3.5.4.7] ([wiki:Network#point3.5.4 network (Back])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/DYNDNS-Settings.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can setup your DYNDNS interface.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12  ||'''Start on Boot:''' ||Start the DYNDNS server on startup.||
    13  ||'''User:''' ||setup the username for DYNDNS.||
    14  ||'''Password:''' ||Set the password for DYNDNS.||
    15  ||'''DNS NAME:''' ||set the dns name.||
    16  ||'''DNS Syatem:''' ||???.||
    17  
    18  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    19  
    20 [[br]]
    21 ----
    22 
    23  '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    24 
    25  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    26  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    27  
    28  ||'''Text Button: (Keyboard)''' ||This will will bring up editor to edit a value or text string.||
    29  ||'''Green Button: (Start)''' ||Start the DYNDNS server.||
    30  ||'''Yellow Button: (Stop)''' ||Stop the DYNDNS server.|| ||
  • wiki/pages/nl/Default-Autostart

    r37419 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.18.1 Default Autostart''' [=#point3.5.18.1] ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings#point3.5.18 Autostart Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Autostart_Settings-default_Autostart.jpg)]][[br]]
    8 >
    9 Here you can check and adjust the startup settings.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  ||'''Bootstop:''' ||???.||
    14  ||'''Debug:''' ||Here you can set the debug mode and adjust the complexicity of the log output.||
    15  ||'''Show IP:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway version 2 EPG stream during  EPG scan.||
    16  ||'''Updatelist:''' ||??.||
    17  
    18  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from this Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    19  
  • wiki/pages/nl/Development

    r37419 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''11 Development''' [=#point11] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 === Plugins Building ===
    7 
    8 '''Preparation'''
    9 
    10 In the current tdt git http://gitorious.org/open-duckbox-project-sh4 you can now build TitanNit plugins.
    11 I have installed 2 plugins that are intended to serve as an example. One can then download and unzip this locally and build your own plugins.
    12 
    13 With a fresh clone of the git
    14 
    15 {{{
    16 make yaud-enigma2-nightly
    17 }}}
    18 
    19 after it completes, then
    20 
    21 {{{
    22 make titanium-plugins
    23 }}}
    24 
    25 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Devices

    r37425 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.8.6.5 Devices''' [=#point3.7.8.6.5] ([wiki:System-Infos#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Devices.jpg)]][[br]]
    8 >
    9 Here you can view the detailed loaded devices info.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13 
    14 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Disclaimer

    r37419 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''17 Generic Disclaimer''' [=#point17] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 TitanNit is a Semi closed source setop box linux based operating system software. The services provided by AAF Digital including (including developer tools, resources, download areas, files, source code, product information, documentation, communication forums, bug tracker, wiki, internet, streaming, forum etc. all collectively called "services") that the TitanNit Project, its members, and websites provide are for the purpose of providing support to the community and aditional functionality from the original system software provided by the manufactures of the supported hardware.
    7 The services provided bt the AAF digital team is provided “as is”, "with all faults", and "as available" basis, without warranty of any kind, either express or implied. Your use of these services is at your own risk. TitanNit disclaims all warranties.
    8  
    9 TitanNit disclaims liability for any direct, indirect, incidental, special, consequential, exemplary, punitive or other damages, or lost profits, that may result directly or indirectly from the use of these services and any material that is downloaded or obtained through the use of these services.
    10  
    11 This includes, without limitation, any damage to computer systems, hardware or software, loss of data, or any other performance failures, any errors, bugs, viruses or other defects that result from, or are associated with the use of these services.
    12  
    13 None of the contributors, sponsors, administrators, or anyone else connected with TitanNit in any way whatsoever can be responsible for the appearance of any inaccurate or libelous information or for your use of the information contained in or linked from these services.
    14 
    15 AAF Digital reserve the right to to remove and add services as they see fit without warning.
    16 
    17 
    18  
    19 '''No contract, limited license'''
    20  
    21 
    22 Please make sure that you understand that these services is being provided freely, and that no kind of agreement or contract is implied between the owners or users of these services, the owners of the servers upon which it is housed, the individual contributors to these services, any project administrators, sysops or anyone else who is in any way connected with the project subject to your claims against them directly. You are being granted a limited license to copy or install anything from this site; it does not create or imply any contractual or extracontractual liability on any of it's agents, members, organizers or other users. Neither is anyone responsible should someone change, edit, modify or remove any information contained with in these services.
    23 
    24  
    25 
    26 '''Trademarks'''
    27 
    28  
    29 Any of the trademarks, service marks, collective marks, design rights or similar rights that are mentioned, used or cited in the services provided for TitanNit are the property of their respective owners. Their use in any "service" does not imply that you may use them for any other purpose other than for the same or a similar use as contemplated by the original authors concent.
    30 the AAF Digital team will make due effort to outline the services that are provided by other's and give them credit where aplicable.
    31  
    32 
    33 '''Information and Content'''
    34 
    35  
    36 Publication of information found in any of the services provided for TitanNit may be in violation of the laws of the country or jurisdiction from where you are viewing this information. The servers providing these services are located in different locations of the world and is maintained in reference to the protections afforded under local and federal law in respect to their location. Laws in your country or jurisdiction may not protect or allow the same kinds of speech or distribution. the AAF digital team does not encourage the violation of any laws; and cannot be responsible for any violations of such laws, should you link to the domain of the websites of these services or use, reproduce, or republish the information contained therein.
    37 
    38  
    39 '''Final Remarks'''
    40 
    41  
    42 Enjoy TitanNit and the other services provided by AAF Digital and thanks for selecting us!
    43  
  • wiki/pages/nl/EPG-Search

    r37419 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.1.4 EPG Search''' [=#point3.1.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.1 Records and EPG(Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Epg_Search.jpg)]][[BR]]
    7 >
    8 EPG Search is where you can search the EPG title, discription genra for specific keywords to search for programs to set up Recordings.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12  '''Coloured and Extra Button's Functions"
    13 
    14  The __"Coloured and Extra Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Search EPG menu.
    15  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    16  
    17  ||'''Red Button: (Timer)''' ||This will bring up the recording timer menu to set up a timer.||
    18  ||'''Green Button: (Title)''' ||This will search the EPG title string for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.||
    19  ||'''Yellow Button: (Discription)''' ||This will search the EPG Discription string for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.||
    20  ||'''Blue Button: (All)''' ||This will search all EPG string for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.||
    21  ||'''Menu (Genre):''' ||This will search the EPG Genre string for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.||
    22 
    23 For information on setting up a timer Recording using the red button see ([WikiStart#point103.10.6 Records]) for more info.
  • wiki/pages/nl/EPG-Settings

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.11 EPG Settings''' [=#point3.6.11] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/EPG_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 >Here you can change your epg settings.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  
    14  ||'''EPG Path''' ||Set to any Path you want where the EPG File should be stored (on Receivers with little Memory it is strongly recommended to extend it by using a USB Pen-Drive or Harddisk)||
    15  ||'''How Many Days:''' ||The Number of Days in Advance of the EPG to store (I recommend no higher than 8 Days)||
    16  ||'''Delete EPG after read:''' ||Do you want the EPG file to be deleted after being read.||
    17  ||'''EPG Save Mode:''' ||When should the EPG Data be stored to the storage medium. Caution: Should you not use a Pen Drive or Harddisk for EPG Storage set to Never, as Receivers with little Memory on Board tend to crash due to Insufficient free space.||
    18  ||'''Show EPG Screen (EPG Button):''' ||Which EPG format should be shown on EPG Key-press on the Remote.||
    19  ||'''EPG Free Space (kb):''' ||Total of minimal Free Memory that should be kept on the medium where the epg is stored to aviod free space errors.||
    20  ||'''EPG List Mode:''' ||What Channels should be scanned in the background (Only for twin Receivers) for EPG (scan)(whitelist) (scanlist and whitelist) (deactivate (disable scan)).||
    21  ||'''EPG Scan Time:''' ||Here you can set the time of the automatic EPG scan. The Scan will be performed every Day at that set time. Should the Receiver be in Deep Stand-by it will "wake up" aprox. 5 Minutes before the scan is due to start.||
    22  ||'''EPG Button in EPG:''' ||Behavior of the EPG Button during EPG display.||
    23  ||'''Grafic EPG Zoom:''' ||Sets the zoom level of the EPG to show more or less of a time span of the shown programs.||
    24  ||'''Grafic EPG Picons:''' ||Set to yes to use picons or the alternative Picon sets in the infobar and EPG stored in /var/media/autofs/sda1/swapextensions/usr/local/share/titan/picons/ directory.||
    25  ||'''Delete EPG Before Scan:''' ||Should the EPG be deleted before a the timed scan.||
    26  ||'''After EPG Scan:''' ||Behavior after the EPG scan is completed EPG scan: Nothing (Stand-By) or Switch Off (Deep Stand-By).||
    27  ||'''MHW EPG:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway EPG stream during EPG scan.||
    28  ||'''MHW2 EPG:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway version 2 EPG stream during  EPG scan.||
    29  ||'''OpenTV EPG:''' ||Scan for an OpenTV EPG stream during EPG scan.||
    30  
    31  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    32  
    33 [[br]]
    34 ----
    35 
    36  '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    37 
    38  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    39  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    40  
    41  ||'''Red Button: (EPG Reset)''' ||This will reset the saved epg removing all program data.||
    42  ||'''Green Button: (Edit)''' ||On a customisable item this will bring up editor to edit a value or text string.||
    43  ||'''Yellow Button: (Scanlist)''' ||Brings up the epg scan list and you may from there add aditional boquets to be scaned during an epg scan.||
    44  ||'''Blue Button: (log)''' ||This will show you the past scan log history for the epg.||
    45 
  • wiki/pages/nl/EPG-Short-View

    r37419 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.1.1 EPG Short View''' [=#point3.1.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.1 Records and EPG(Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 
    5 >
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/EPG_Short_View.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 
    10 EPG Short View is a small easy to read horozontal epg of the current displayed channel including the infomation on the program you may scroll using the direction arrows to a future time.
    11 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/External-Software

    r37419 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''9 External Software''' [=#point9] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 External Software is a collection of tools to supplement TitanNit.
    7 
    8 This is a list of applications that can be use with or for to manipulate or control your Receiver.
    9 [[br]]
    10 Below is a list of external applications please select a link below for more information.
    11 
    12 
    13 
    14 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto"
    15  {{{#!table style="border: none"
    16   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    17   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    18 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software/TiMote.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software-TiMote#point9.1 9.1 TiMote (Android)])]]
    19   }}}
    20   '''[wiki:External-Software-TiMote#point9.1 9.1 TiMote (Android)]'''[[br]]
    21   {{{#!div style="float: left
    22 Timote is an andriod application for streaming and control of TitanNit
    23   }}}
    24   }}}
    25   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    26   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    27 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software/TiView.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software-TiView#point9.2 9.2 TiView (PC)])]]
    28   }}}
    29   '''[wiki:External-Software-TiView#point9.2 9.2 TiView (PC)]'''[[br]]
    30   {{{#!div style="float: left
    31 TiView is an PC application for streaming and control of TitanNit
    32   }}}
    33   }}}
    34   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    35   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    36 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software/SatChannelListEditor.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software-SatChannelListEditor#point9.3 9.3 SatChannelListEditor])]]
    37   }}}
    38   '''[wiki:External-Software-SatChannelListEditor#point9.3 9.3 SatChannelListEditor]'''[[br]]
    39   {{{#!div style="float: left
    40 SatChannelListEditor is an PC application for manipulation of your TitanNit channel data.
    41   }}}
    42   }}}
    43   |----
    44   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    45   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    46 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software/E2WebIFAPI.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software-E2WebIfAPI#point9.4 9.4 E2WebIfAPI])]]
    47   }}}
    48   '''[wiki:External-Software-E2WebIfAPI#point9.4 9.4 E2WebIfAPI]'''[[br]]
    49   {{{#!div style="float: left
    50 E2WebIfAPI is an console application to support the dreambox xml web interface commands.
    51   }}}
    52   }}}
    53   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    54   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    55 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software/TitanEditor.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software-TitanEditor#point9.5 9.5 TitanEditor])]]
    56   }}}
    57   '''[wiki:External-Software-TitanEditor#point9.5 9.5 TitanEditor]'''[[br]]
    58   {{{#!div style="float: left
    59 TitanEditor is an PC application for manipulation of dreambox channel data to work on of your TitanNit Receiver.
    60   }}}
    61   }}}
    62   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    63   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    64 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software/TitanNitLanguageEditor.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software-TitanNitLanguageEditor#point9.6 9.6 TitanNitLanguageEditor])]]
    65   }}}
    66   '''[wiki:External-Software-TitanNitLanguageEditor#point9.6 9.6 TitanNitLanguageEditor]'''[[br]]
    67   {{{#!div style="float: left
    68 TitanLanguageEditor is an PC application for editing GUI language translations.
    69   }}}
    70   }}}
    71 }}}
    72 }}}
  • wiki/pages/nl/External-Software-E2WebIfAPI

    r37419 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 '''9.4 E2WebIfAPI''' [=#point9.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    3 
    4 
    5 == Introduction ==
    6 Enigma2 Web Interface ( WebIf ) API was defined for Dreambox .
    7 It is a protocol that allows you to control a Dreambox via HTTP requests.
    8 
    9 Typical control tasks are :
    10 
    11 * Programming (timer) and playing back recordings
    12 * Live streaming (TV and radio)
    13 * EPG functions (display, search)
    14 * Remote control (Remote Control)
    15 
    16 You can find a good overview of the E2WebIFAPI in the [http://dream.reichholf.net/wiki/Enigma2:WebInterface DreamboxWIKI].
    17 
    18 == Motivation ==
    19 
    20 For TitanNit the Android App [wiki:External-Software-TiMote#point109.1 9.1 TiMote] was developed. Anybody with an Android Smart-Phone or Tablet with this software installed can control their receiver or watch TV on the Android device. Isn't that cool?
    21 
    22 But owners of an iOS-device (i-Phone or i-Pad) are unlucky as there is no iOS TitanNit compatable web client such as TiMote. You can control your receiver via http protocol (same as Web Interface) but you wont be able to use all advantages like tiMote on an Android Platform.
    23 
    24 On the other hand iOS and Android Apps already exist for Dreambox receivers. These Apps are based on the Enigma2 protocol. Couldn't one just use that App on iOS instead of developing a new App?
    25 
    26 == The solution ==
    27 TitanNit has its own protocol but is not compatible to the Enigma2 WebIf. Following a short analysis it was discovered that converting E2 requests to Titan didn't seem so difficult. Therefore, an E2 web server (e2webserv) was developed, which implements the Enigma2 WebIf. This server receives the E2 requests, delegates the calls to TitanNit web server and the responses is converted back into the XML format, which is expected from the E2 client.
    28 
    29 This way the TitanNit receiver is able to correspond to existing E2 - client software.
    30 
    31 
    32 == Requirements ==
    33 
    34 * The Web server must be enabled on the receiver
    35 * The E2webserv must be installed on the receiver
    36 
    37 == IOS Apps ==
    38 
    39 The following apps are installed on my iPad2:
    40 * dreaMote
    41 * DreaMote Lite
    42 * e2RemoteHD
    43 * Dreambox Live
    44 
    45 Should you not want to purchase any apps from the Apps-Store I can recommend dreaMote Lite .
    46 
    47 In addition to the app you need a player.
    48 
    49 I have tried the following players, which work well for me:
    50 * Good Player
    51 * BUZZ Player
    52 * OPlayerHD Lite
    53 * VLC Player
    54 
    55 VLC and OPlayerHD Lite are free.
    56 
    57 == XBMC ==
    58 
    59 If you are running the Media Center software [http://xbmc.org/ XBMC] or [http://xbmc4xbox.org.uk/ XBMC4XBOX], you can connect your Titan receiver via the Live-TV-Plugin VU+.
    60 XBMC runs on Windows PCs aswell as Linux and is also available for Raspberry Pi and the Xbox.
    61 
    62 == VLC ==
    63 Having installed the e2webserv you can enjoy Live-Streaming on your Windows or Linux PC using [http://www.videolan.org/vlc/ VLC] (no further software needed).
    64 
    65 You do not have to switch channels manually it all happens automatically. In order for this to take place you need an M3U playlist. You can easily generate the playlist by your Favourites and save to your PC. Having done so you only need to open the M3U list in VLC and select the desired channel.
    66 
    67 How do you export a particular favourites list into an M3U file?
    68 
    69 Enter the address in your Web browser.
    70 
    71 Example (favourite is "Polish"):
    72 
    73 [http://192.168.1.1:8080/web/services.m3u?bRef=Polish]
    74 
    75 Enter your receivers IP address and where names of Favourites have spaces within these spaces must be replaced with "%20".
    76 
    77 Example (favourite is "My TV" Receiver - IP: 192.168.0.10):
    78 
    79 [http://192.168.0.10:8080/web/services.m3u?bRef=Mein%20TV]
    80 
    81 Client Configuration == ==
    82 Please configure the E2-clientas accordingly:
    83 * IP address of the receiver
    84 * Port: 8080
    85 * Streaming Port: 8001
    86 
    87 Please note that SSL is not supported.
    88 
    89 Below you see an example configuration for dreaMote.
    90 
    91 [[Image(DreaMote.png,384px)]]
    92 
    93 == E2webserv.conf ==
    94 
    95 You must alter the server configuration manually. Using standard configured TitanNit no alterration on the e2webserv.conf should be neccessary.
    96 
    97 Should you have installed the plugin to Flash the configuration file '''e2webserv.conf''' lies in the directory '''/mnt/swapextensions/etc'''
    98 
    99 Here is the content:
    100 {{{
    101 # E2 web port
    102 port = 8080
    103 # E2 data port
    104 data port = 8001
    105 # Titan web port
    106 titanium- port = 80
    107 # Titan data port
    108 titan data port = 22222
    109 # Titan host (change it if e2webserv is not running locally on the receiver)
    110 titan host = 127.0.0.1
    111 # Automatic switching of channels
    112 # It is useful if you do not want manually switch a channel on receiver with a single tuner.
    113 # If it is set to false and you have a single tuner you can stream the only channels located
    114 # On the same transponder as the current channel active on the receiver .
    115 Autozap = true
    116 # Log output file
    117 logFile = /tmp/e2webserv.log
    118 # Maximum log file size in KB. Set it to 0 (default 10KB) to disable logging (maximum allowed value is 1024).
    119 # When the file limit is reached a backup of the current file is created .
    120 # It Means maximally 2 x MaxLogSize KB will be used.
    121 MaxLogSize = 10
    122 # Thread pool size (1 through 8)
    123 threadpool = 2
    124 # Directory where the transponder and bouquet files are located.
    125 # You do not need to Specify it, it will be Automatically Discovered .
    126 # But if you you start e2webserv not on the receiver (but eg on your Linux server or Windows computer) then you
    127 # Shoulderstand copy the settings (channel, transponder, provider and all bouquets file) and here Specify the location on the local computer .
    128 titanDir = /mnt/settings
    129 }}}
    130 
    131 == Links ==
    132 
    133 * Enigma2 Web API in [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/showthread.php?90948-Enigma2-Web-API-f % FCr - TitanNit AAF Forum]
    134 * Sources on [https://github.com/gswiatek/e2api4titan GitHub]
    135 [[br]]
    136 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/External-Software-SatChannelListEditor

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 '''9.3 SatChannelListEditor''' [=#point9.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    3 
    4 This manual applies to version 5.4 of SatChannelListEditor (SCLE). In future releases,[[br]]
    5 possibly new features will be added, making the screen shots of this program obsolete.
    6 
    7 == Requirements ==
    8 SCLE has been programmed for the runtime environment " Microsoft. NET Framework ".[[br]]
    9 Currently .NET Framework version 2.0 or higher is required.
    10 
    11 ( also take a look at [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/.NET_Framework Wikipedia article . NET Framework] )
    12 
    13 == Windows ==
    14 * In  Windows XP .NET Framework version 2.0, 3.0 or 3.5 must be installed.[[br]]
    15 (3.0 and 3.5 are extended versions include version 2.0)
    16 * For Windows Vista and Windows 7 the .NET Framework librarys are implemented[[br]]
    17 in the operating system and do not need to be installed seperately.
    18 * In Windows 8 .NET Framework 3.5 must be installed. As Windows 8 by default,[[br]]
    19 only includes .NET framework 4.5, which is not compatible with SCLE
    20 == Linux ==
    21 In Linux, the Mono framework is required (see [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mono_(software)Wikipedia article about Mono project]) .
    22 [[BR]] You may have to install WinForms libraries manually with "apt -get install libmono- winforms * "
    23 [[BR]] You may then run SCLE from the command line with the command "mono SatChannelListEditor.exe ".
    24 
    25 == Mac OS ==
    26 In Mac OS , just like Linux, the Mono-Framework is required to to run SCLE.
    27 
    28 == The first startup ==
    29 After the first startup of SCLE the language is set to English and the receiver[[br]]
    30 model " UFS -821 " is selected. You now have to set the language and your[[br]]
    31 Receiver model to suite your receiver.
    32 
    33 Select the receiver and its System you like to manage.
    34 
    35 == Setting the receiver model and type of operating system ==
    36 Select the menu under " Options ", select " Settings" :
    37 
    38 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/3.png)]]
    39 
    40 Select Titan in the window that appears as the receiver you wish to connect to:
    41 
    42 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/4.png)]]
    43 
    44 After selecting the reciever type under the option " Titan " set the IP address of your Receiver, before[[br]]
    45 you close the window confirm the settings by clicking the OK button.[[br]]
    46 The other settings on this page should not be changed.
    47 
    48 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/5.png)]]
    49 
    50 == Download and upload the channel list ==
    51 
    52 After the Receiver model and the IP address have been set, you can fetch the channel[[br]]
    53 list from your Receiver (Download) and after processing send it back to the Receiver (upload).
    54 [[BR]] Use the Buttons in the Menubar of SCLE or in the Drop-down Menu:
    55 
    56 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/6.png)]]
    57 
    58 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/7.png)]]
    59 
    60 When you start an upload or download the program will automatically change to[[br]]
    61 the message window where status messages are displayed for file transfer.
    62 
    63 == Edit the channel list ==
    64 
    65 == Favourites ==
    66 
    67 All TV and Radio channels are displayed in the tab "TV" and "Radio" in the main window[[br]]
    68 of SCLE. Normally there are several hundreds or thousands of channels in this list.
    69 [[BR]] To simplify navigation on your Receiver you may add the channels to more than one Favourites list.[[br]]
    70 The Favourites also determine the channel number for easier and direct access with your remote control.
    71 [[BR]] Create new favourites by clicking the right mouse button within the tree of favourites:
    72 
    73 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/8.png)]]
    74 
    75 After creating the new Favourites entry assign the desired Name:
    76 
    77 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/9.png)]]
    78 
    79 You may now add channels to your favourites by drag & drop of the channels[[br]]
    80 onto the Favourites entry or by clicking the right mouse button on the desired channel[[br]]
    81 and selecting Add to Favourites and selecting the Favourites Entry from the drop-down-menu:
    82 
    83 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/10.png)]]
    84 
    85 Once a channel has been added to the favourites, a channel number is assigned.[[br]]
    86 The first channel in the first favourites is channel number 1:
    87 
    88 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/11.png)]]
    89 
    90 When a channel is assigned to more than one favourites list, it additionally[[br]]
    91 obtains further channel numbers:
    92 
    93 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/12.png)]]
    94 
    95 === EPG favourite "EPG scan " ===
    96 
    97 For TV channels there is a special favourite called "EPG scan".[[br]]
    98 Copy all channels you want to be included for the timed EPG scan, all channels in this list[[br]]
    99 will have their epg automatically scaned.
    100 
    101 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/13.png)]]
    102 
    103 === Satellite ===
    104 Creating and Editing Satellite entrys
    105 Switch to the "Satellite" tab. After clicking the right mouse button the[[br]]
    106 drop-down-menu is displayed, where you can create a new Satellite or edit an existing one.[[br]]
    107 Double - clicking on an existing Satellite also opens this for editing.
    108 
    109 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/14.png)]]
    110 
    111 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/15.png)]]
    112 
    113 === Creating and Editing Transponders ===
    114 
    115 Switch to the "Transponder" tab. After clicking the right mouse button the drop-down-menu[[br]]
    116 is displayed, where you can create a new Transponder or edit an existing one.[[br]]
    117 Double - clicking on an existing Transponder also opens this for editing.
    118 
    119 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/16.png)]]
    120 
    121 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/17.png)]]
    122 
    123 === Creating and Editing Channels ===
    124 Switch to the tab "TV" or "Radio". After clicking the right mouse button the drop-down-menu[[br]]
    125 is displayed, where you can create a new channel or edit an existing one.[[br]]
    126 Double - clicking on an existing channel also opens this for editing.
    127 
    128 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/18.png)]]
    129 
    130 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/19.png)]]
    131 
    132 === Using receiver profiles ===
    133 
    134 If you have more than one Receiver, it is advisable to work with profiles.[[br]]
    135 Go to the settings and enable the checkbox "Use Receiver Profiles":
    136 
    137 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/20.png)]]
    138 
    139 Enter a name for the profile, and click the "Save" button.[[br]]
    140 The profile will be created with the current settings specified under the "Titan" tab.
    141 [[BR]] To create a profile for a second titan receiver, switch to the "Titan" tab,[[br]]
    142 enter the IP address of the second receiver, switch back to the "General" tab,[[br]]
    143 enter a new profile name and click on "Save" once again.
    144 
    145 When you close the settings window by clicking the -OK-button- You will now[[br]]
    146 discover the new selection menu where you may choose your Receiver profile.
    147 
    148 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/21.png)]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/External-Software-TiMote

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''9.1 TiMote''' [=#point9.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 [[br]]
    7 
    8 Timote is a universal remote control for Linux-based receivers.
    9 Currently (Atemio) TitanNit, Enigma2 and Neutrino are supported.
    10 please note that screen shots were taken from TiMote version xxx future versions of TiMote could make these screenshots invalid.
    11 
    12 Features:
    13 - Bouquets / Favorites
    14 - Show EPG
    15 - EPG search (*)
    16 - Show the current station
    17 - View recordings, stream and delete (*)
    18 - Create, edit and delete timer
    19 - Satfinder (*)
    20 - Power Control
    21 - Virtual Remote
    22 - News
    23 (*) Only Titannit/E2
    24 
    25 To stream an appropriate player, for example, MX Player, VPlayer or BSPlayer (lite) need to be installed.
    26 If the app crashes, please activate the "send error report automatically" in the Settings. you can
    27 thereby help improve the software and make troubleshooting easier crucial to the developer.
    28 Comments, questions, suggestions or requests? Write me an email or post a comment on the app homepage!
    29 appear
    30 
    31 [[br]]
    32 
    33 [[Image(http://www.android.com/images/brand/get_it_on_play_logo_large.png)]]
    34 [[br]]
    35 [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=eu.azato.timote PlayStore]
    36 
    37 [[br]]
    38 When you open up Timote You are presented with the main interface along the top of the display the radio buttons are used as the menu of Timote [[br]]
    39 See below for more information.
    40 
    41 '''Main''' [[br]]
    42 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TiMote/Main.png)]]
    43 
    44 Main contains a list of the main functions of timote:
    45 
    46 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-TV#point0 TV]) ''' ||This will bring up a list of Boquets on the reciever).||
    47 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-On-air#point0 On-air]) ''' ||This will Bring up the information of the TV channel currently displaying on the Reciever||
    48 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Movies#point0 Movies]) ''' ||This will bring up the Movielist's stored on the reciever).||
    49 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Timer#point0 Timer]) ''' ||This will bring up a list of the current timer recordings on the reciever).||
    50 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-EPG-Search#point0 EPG-Search]) ''' ||This will bring up a a search page to search the EPG for a specific keyword).||
    51 
    52 [[br]]
    53 
    54 '''Misc''' [[br]]
    55 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TiMote/Misc.png)]]
    56 
    57 Misc contains a list of other functions of TiMote:
    58 
    59 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Signal-Finder#point0 Signal-Finder]) ''' ||This will bring up the signal info's of the current displayed channel.||
    60 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Screenshot#point9.1.1 Screenshot]) ''' ||This will take a screen shot of the TV Display||
    61 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Remote#point9.1.2 Remote]) ''' ||This will bring up the on screen remote).||
    62 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Message#point9.1.3 Message]) ''' ||This can be used to send messages to the TV display).||
    63 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Power-Menu#point9.1.4 Power Menu]) ''' ||This will bring up the power control menu
    64 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-RGui#point9.1.5 RGui]) ''' ||This will start the RGui engine||
    65 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-LCD-Mode#point9.1.6 LCD Mode]) ''' ||???||
    66 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Power-About#point09.1.7 Power About]) ''' ||This will bring up information on the developers of TiMote).||
    67 
    68 '''Profiles''' [[br]]
    69 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TiMote/Profile.png)]]
    70 
    71 Profiles is a list of receiver profiles with the ability to select and control multiple receivers.
    72 you may create a new profile using the add button at the top of the display.
    73 
    74 
    75 ----
    76 Temp data to move to Individual pages
    77 
    78 
    79 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TiMote/Stream.png)]]
    80 
    81 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TiMote/Boquet.png)]]
    82 
    83 
    84 
  • wiki/pages/nl/External-Software-TiView

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''9.2 TiView''' [=#point9.2] ([wiki:English-Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 TiView is a Windows 32bit application, that will run on a Windows 32/64bit system.[[br]]
    6 The Tool uses the HTTP-RAW-Api of TitanNit.[[br]]
    7 [[br]]
    8 ''Highlights of TiView''
    9 
    10 - *Output of the TV-Screen on your PC
    11 - *Watch recordings on your PC
    12 - *PiP function for 2 simultaneous TV-Stream or recording viewing on your PC
    13 - *Proxy function for external access from a remote TiView and streaming a recoded stream
    14 - Management of timers for recordings
    15 - Infobar with progress bar for the actual program
    16 - Picon-view in the Infobar(Enabled by adding the picons into the folder /picons in TiView)
    17 - Channel EPG
    18 - Multi EPG
    19 - Grafical Multi EPG
    20 - EPG Search
    21 - Overview of recordings
    22 - Manage profiles should one have more than one Receiver
    23 - Signal-Monitor
    24 - Send Messages to your Receiver
    25 - OSD-Screenshot
    26 '''*For Playback on your PC you need a compatable media player the 32bit version 2.x of VLC Player .'''[[br]]
    27 (Alternativly you can copy libvlc.dll, libvlccore.dll and the Plugins folder from VLC into the TiView folder)
  • wiki/pages/nl/External-Software-TitanEditor

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 '''9.5 TitanEditor''' [=#point19.5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    3 
    4 Titan editor is a simple channel list editor that is able to convert enigma channel data to be able to operate[[br]]
    5 on a titan based receiver. It is also able to convert the filename from enigma 2 picons to the titan format.
    6 
    7 This software is still beta status but the basic functions are working, there has been posts noted on the AAF Forum that[[br]]
    8 converting picons in some instances comit an unhandled exception error causing the program to exit.
    9  
    10 - convert E2 channel list's incl. bouquets (this will not work 100% for some channels)
    11  - edit/delete and add Titan channels
    12  - convert E2 picons to Titan picons
    13  - manage bouquets
    14 
    15 The current version of TitanEditor is version 0.15 and it may be downloaded from here [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/showthread.php?78014-TitanEditor-V0-15&p=802005&viewfull=1#post802005 titanEditor]
    16 
    17  
  • wiki/pages/nl/External-Software-TitanMote

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''9.1 TitanMote''' [=#point9.7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 [[br]]
    7 
    8 Titanmote is a universal remote control for Linux-based receivers.
    9 Currently there is a little information we can provide reguarding this from the developer jagabongo.
    10 
    11 ''Words from the developer:''
    12 ----
    13 I'm currently working on an iOS app for TitanNit . For this I would need a few beta testers .
    14 
    15 The app will cost money later when development is finished and will be able to be purchased from the store, I will not releace it free because I have specially bought for this purpose a developer account and will take many hours of development, I also do not want the app to feature advertising.
    16 
    17 requirements:
    18  - IPhone or iPad with iOS > = 7.0
    19  - A bit of technical understanding
    20  - Lust for testing
    21 
    22 A few recent screenshots :
    23  https://www.dropbox.com/sh/armi0c3q72i350h/vm3szZDzvK
    24 
    25 
    26 So in Version 1 I should be able to:
    27  
    28  - Browse by bouquets / channel lists + See Epg info and switch Channels.
    29  - Add timers on an event with the epg data.
    30  - List all timer
    31  - Delete Timer
    32  - easy remote copy with touch buttons
    33  - 2 profiles
    34  - Everywhere pull to refresh .
    35  - [ EDIT] Forgot , it will be multilingual or , DE, FR, IT and rest English. But languages ​​are all relatively retrofitted without hazzle
    36 
    37 Future features:
    38 
    39  - User: Password WebIf Auth . ( hopefully not often used)
    40 
    41  - Https support. ( Was I already am going to test with self-signed stuff but totally in the pants ... )
    42 
    43  - The stream to an iOS device is just not as easy as on Android that is why they first moved to the rear.
    44  
    45 
    46 BETA testing runs like this:
    47  
    48  * 1 You send with your UUID ( google iOS Device UUID to find out )
    49 
    50  * 2 Your you created an account at https://build.phonegap.com ( Free is sufficient).
    51 
    52  * 3 You share me with your UUID and email phonegap.build accounts.
    53  
    54 When that's done you can you log on your mobile Safari in build.phonegap.com and always install it there through the browser to the latest build. (OTA Installation).
    55  
    56 This is perfectly legal and possible even without jailbreak.
    57 
    58 
    59 if you are intreseed in becomming a better tester please leave a message in the [[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/showthread.php?100699-iOS-TitanNit-iOS-App-!-titanMote-!-Tester-gesucht!&p=974748#post974748 | forum]].
  • wiki/pages/nl/External-Software-TitanNitLanguageEditor

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''9.6 TitanNit Language Editor''' [=#point9.6] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 The TitanNit Language Editor tool is used to provide translations files for devs to implement translations into the TitanNit gui.
    7 
    8 === Made by Karlo ===
    9 
    10 German and English languages have been made and have been merged into svn.
    11 To support future languages you can use this program to download  the language base files from the svn for conversion it supports UTF-8 so special
    12 chracters from various languages can be implemented.
    13 
    14 Please check the [[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/showthread.php?98565-TitanNitLanguageEditor forum Link | main thread]] for the latest version, or the [#point9.6.7 Changelog]:
    15 
    16 
    17 
    18 This program requires microsoft visual basic runtime files to operate.
    19 
    20 Once you have made a Translation you may upload the translation po files to the aaf forum for implementation into TitanNit.
    21 
    22 If you think you can help with a translation please do so at the end of this page there is information on ([#point9.6.5 Submission]).
    23 
    24 
    25 [[br]]
    26 
    27 ----
    28 '''Features''' ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    29 ----
    30  
    31 * load po file from svn __"File/ Open Source (svn)"__
    32 * Import po file from svn or local as source __"File/ Import Titan.po"__
    33 * open local file as target__"File/ Open target (local)"__
    34 * save target file __"File/ Save Target"__
    35 * save target file as titan.po __"File/ Save titan.po"__
    36 * export msg string for external use __"File/ Export msgstr as Titan.po"__
    37 * Build reciever translation file __"File/ Build Titan.mo"__
    38 * export sourcefile to target __"Edit/ target.po -> target"__
    39 * view source target differences __"Edit/ diff target - titan.po"__
    40 
    41 [[br]]
    42 
    43 ----
    44 '''Functions'''  ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    45 ----
    46 
    47 ''Select an item to view more info:''
    48 
    49 * ([#point9.6.1 Loading a translation from svn])
    50 * ([#point9.6.2 Loading a Translation from a local directory])
    51 * ([#point9.6.3 Import Translation from svn or local (Source/ Target Mode)])
    52 * ([#point9.6.4 Edit Translation])
    53 * ([#point9.6.5 Submission])
    54 * ([#point9.6.6 Local Testing])
    55 
    56 
    57 
    58 ----
    59 '''Loading a translation from svn''' [=#point9.6.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    60 ----
    61 
    62 To load a translation from the server SVN repo select the translation file from the menu: [[br]]
    63 
    64 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TLE/open_server.jpg)]] [[br]]
    65 
    66 it will then start downloading from the internet.[[br]]
    67 
    68 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TLE/loading_server.jpg)]] [[br]]
    69 
    70 [[br]]
    71 ([#point9.6 Top of Page])
    72 [[br]]
    73 
    74 ----
    75 '''Loading a Translation from a local directory''' [=#point9.6.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    76 ----
    77 
    78 To load a translation from the local directory select the translation file from the menu: [[br]]
    79 
    80 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TLE/open_local.jpg)]] [[br]]
    81 
    82 [[br]]
    83 ([#point9.6 Top of Page])
    84 [[br]]
    85 
    86 ----
    87 '''Import Translation from svn or local (Source/ Target Mode)'''[=#point9.6.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    88 ----
    89 
    90 To import a translation from svn or the local directory select the translation file from the menu: [[br]]
    91 Note: for this to work a source file must be loaded first [[br]]
    92 
    93 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TLE/import_file.jpg)]] [[br]]
    94 
    95 [[br]]
    96 
    97 you will then be dispalyed with this view to view the two po files along side each other:
    98 
    99 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TLE/import_list_view.jpg)]] [[br]]
    100 
    101 [[br]]
    102 
    103 you can then select __"Edit/ diff target - titan.po"__ to view the source and target differences.
    104 
    105 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TLE/diff_target.jpg)]] [[br]]
    106 
    107 [[br]]
    108 
    109 you can also automatically merge the source files to the target file  by selecting __"Edit/ target.po -> target"__
    110 
    111 [[br]]
    112 ([#point9.6 Top of Page])
    113 [[br]]
    114 
    115 ----
    116 '''Edit Translation''' [=#point9.6.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    117 ----
    118 
    119 
    120 Now that it is loaded you may edit the msgid strings to suit your language and upload to the aaf forum.
    121 you may use the buttons on the lower taskbar to search for strings you wish to edit.[[br]]
    122 
    123 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TLE/edit.jpg)]]
    124 
    125 [[br]]
    126 ([#point9.6 Top of Page])
    127 [[br]]
    128  
    129 ----
    130 '''Submission'''[=#point9.6.5]  ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    131 ----
    132 
    133 If you could submit your completed translation file into the thread below for comitting by the devs into svn.
    134  
    135 please note that some translations may no be able to be imported into some receivers due to memory constarints.
    136 
    137 [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/showthread.php?98565-TitanNitLanguageEditor forum Link]
    138 
    139 [[br]]
    140 ([#point9.6 Top of Page])
    141 [[br]]
    142 
    143 ----
    144 '''Local Testing''' [=#point9.6.6] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    145 ----
    146 
    147 If you wish to install your modified language files into your reciever for testing you can so by exporting you file an a titan.mo file you can do this by selecting __"File/ Build Titan.mo"__ for this to work you need to install some aditional components  in to the program directory.
    148 
    149 To do this create a folder in the program directory called __"gettext"__ and extract the below files into that directory:
    150 
    151 
    152 [http://ftp.informatik.rwth-aachen.de/ftp/pub/gnu/gettext/gettext-runtime-0.13.1.bin.woe32.zip gettext-runtime] [[br]]
    153 [http://ftp.informatik.rwth-aachen.de/ftp/pub/gnu/libiconv/libiconv-1.9.1.bin.woe32.zip libiconv] [[br]]
    154 [http://ftp.informatik.rwth-aachen.de/ftp/pub/gnu/gettext/gettext-tools-0.13.1.bin.woe32.zip gettext-tools] [[br]]
    155 
    156 Once you have exported your titan.mo file you may ftp or manually copy it onto your Receiver to test it.
    157 
    158 The file needs to go into the directory and a reboot neede to be proformed afterwards:  '''/var/usr/local/share/titan/po/__??__/LC_MESSAGES/titan.mo)''' where __??__ is the language file you are editing.
    159 
    160 ''Note: if you have trouble exporting the translation to a mo file place the program directory on the root of your harddisk it can some times fail if the program it too deep in the file system''
    161 
    162 [[br]]
    163 ([#point9.6 Top of Page])
    164 [[br]]
    165 
    166 ----
    167 '''Change log''' [=#point9.6.7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    168 ----
    169 
    170 
    171 
    172 Version 0.7 :
    173  * Loading and saving is now Uniformly in UTF- 8! Now special characters can be used from other languages.
    174  
    175 Version 0.8 :
    176  
    177  * minor changes
    178  * 'Build titan.mo ' for more infomation see ([#point9.6.6 Local Testing])
    179 
    180 Version 0.8.1 :
    181  * 1 Column now displays the line number of the msgid
    182  * 'Build titan.mo ' - in case of error in a makeMo.cmd Prog -Dir is created at the (click ) is probably better to see what 's going on
    183  * 'Edit / show only diff ' - same entries appear at msgid <> titan.po from
    184 
    185 Version 0.8.2 :
    186  * Fixed tooltip error
    187 
    188 Version 0.9.0 :
    189  * Fixed Error 13 - Thanks to Channel beta-testing
    190  * 'Import 2 po file ' to load an alternate po -files
    191  * ' titan.po -> Target' copied now empty fields Double entry copied by msgid
    192 
    193 version 0.9.1 :
    194  * svn version is displayed and saved as ' .... po.55555.svn '
    195  * thus can also be compared with an old ( stored ) version
    196 
    197 [[br]]
    198 ([#point9.6 Top of Page])
    199 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/File-Browser

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.2.5 File Browser''' [=#point3.2.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.2 Media Center (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/export/26462/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/file_manager.jpg)]][[br]]
    8 >
    9 >Here you can browse files from any source available from your decoder (local or network)
    10 > you may do such things as copy delete and move.
    11 
    12 
    13 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Filesystem-Check

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.5.1 File system Check''' [=#point3.5.5.1] ([WikiStart#point3.5 System (Back])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Filesystem-Check.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can format your harddisk select an item and follow the onscreen prompts.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 
    13  
    14 
    15 [[BR]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Format-Hdd

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.5 Hard Disk''' [=#point3.5.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 system (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Format-Hdd.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can format your harddisk select an item and follow the onscreen prompts.
    9 Note that you must enable ([wiki:Adjust#point3.6.7 Expertmode]) to show all available format options in this display.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13 
    14  
    15 
    16 [[BR]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Free-Space

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.8.2 Free Space''' [=#point3.7.8.2] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8 System Info (Back])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Free-Space.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can view the free space of all the file systems acessable from the decoder.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 
    13 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Functions

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 
    3 ----
    4 '''2 Interface Elements''' [=#point2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    5 ----
    6 [[br]]
    7 This section will show the functions and controls of the various elements in the gui within TitanNit and discriptions to the various
    8 items and their functions aswell as helpfull information and tricks to get the most possible experience with your Receiver.
    9 
    10 Note: pictures in this area only apply to the default skin used in Titan.
    11 If you do not see a specific menu item on the display please select the default skin from the menu as follows all the functions displayed below are implemented in all skins but some elements may be omitted from the display in some skins:
    12 
    13  Press the __"Menu"__ button and select __"Settings"__ scroll down to __"Skin"__ and select the __"Default"__ Skin from the menu.
    14  The decoder will then reboot with the new selected __Default__ skin.
    15 
    16 ----
    17 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto"
    18  {{{#!table style="border: none"
    19   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    20   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    21 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/Infobar.png,align=left,link=[#point2.1])]]
    22   }}}
    23   '''[#point2.1 infobar]'''[[br]]
    24   {{{#!div style="float: left
    25 Default display when pressing the __Info__ button while watching TV.
    26   }}}
    27   }}}
    28   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    29   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    30 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/playback_infobar.png,align=left,link=[wiki:History#point2.2 TitanNit Info])]]
    31   }}}
    32   '''[#point2.2 Playback infobar]'''[[br]]
    33   {{{#!div style="float: left
    34 Default display when pressing the __Info__ button while watching A recording or Media using the default player.
    35   }}}
    36   }}}
    37   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    38   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    39 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/AudioTracks_infobar.png,align=left,link=[#point2.3])]]
    40   }}}
    41   '''[#point2.3 Audiotracks infobar]'''[[br]]
    42   {{{#!div style="float: left
    43 Default display when pressing the __Audio__ button while watching TV, A recording or Media using the default player.
    44   }}}
    45   }}}
    46   |----
    47   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    48   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    49 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/Channel History.png,align=left,link=[#point2.4])]]
    50   }}}
    51   '''[#point2.4 Channel History]'''[[br]]
    52   {{{#!div style="float: left
    53 Default display when pressing the __Recall__ button while watching A recording or Media using the default player.
    54   }}}
    55   }}}
    56   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    57   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    58 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/Sleep_Timer.png,align=left,link=[#point2.5])]]
    59   }}}
    60   '''[#point2.5 Sleep Timer]'''[[br]]
    61   {{{#!div style="float: left
    62 Default display when pressing the __Sleep_ button while the decoder is in operation.
    63   }}}
    64   }}}
    65   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    66   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    67 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/Subtitle.png,align=left,link=[#point2.6])]]
    68   }}}
    69   '''[#point2.6  Subtitle]'''[[br]]
    70   {{{#!div style="float: left
    71 Default display when pressing the __Subtitle__ button while watching TV, A recording or Media using the default player.
    72   }}}
    73   }}}
    74   |----
    75   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    76   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    77 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/EPG.png,align=left,link=[#point2.7])]]
    78   }}}
    79   '''[#point2.7 EPG]'''[[br]]
    80  {{{#!div style="float: left
    81 Default display when pressing the __EPG__ button while watching TV.
    82   }}}
    83   }}}
    84   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    85   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    86 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/program_info.png,align=left,link=[#point2.8])]]
    87   }}}
    88   '''[#point2.8 Program Info]'''[[br]]
    89    {{{#!div style="float: left
    90 Default display when pressing the __Info__ button while viewing the EPG.
    91   }}}
    92   }}}
    93   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    94   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    95 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/player.png,align=left,link=[#point2.9])]]
    96   }}}
    97   '''[#point2.9 Player]'''[[br]]
    98   {{{#!div style="float: left
    99 Default display when pressing the __Play_ button.
    100   }}}
    101   }}}
    102   |----
    103   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    104   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    105 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/favourite.png,align=left,link=[#point2.10])]]
    106   }}}
    107   '''[#point2.10 Favourite]'''[[br]]
    108   {{{#!div style="float: left
    109 Default display when pressing the __FAV__ button.
    110   }}}
    111   }}}
    112   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    113   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    114 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/record.png,align=left,link=[#point2.11])]]
    115   }}}
    116   '''[#point2.11 Record]'''[[br]]
    117   {{{#!div style="float: left
    118 Default display when pressing the __REC__ button while watching TV.
    119   }}}
    120   }}}
    121 
    122 
    123  }}}
    124 }}}
    125 ----
    126 [[BR]]
    127 
    128 
    129 
    130 
    131 
    132 '''Infobar''' [=#point2.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    133 
    134 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Info-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
    135 This overlay display shows when you press the __"INFO"__ button when viewing a tv channel. [[br]]
    136 It shows actual and next program information
    137 
    138 [[br]]
    139 '''Playback Infobar''' [=#point2.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    140 
    141 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Playback-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
    142 This overlay shows when you press the __"INFO"__ button when playing back a program or time shift is in operation. [[br]]
    143 It shows a list of the available buttons to use when in playbac/timeshift to do various things.
    144 
    145 [[br]]
    146 '''Audio Track''' [=#point2.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    147 
    148 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Audio-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
    149 This overlay shows when you press the __"AUDIO""__ button when viewing a tv channel. [[br]]
    150 It allows you to adjust the audio track on the current stream if an alternative audio source exists.
    151 
    152 [[br]]
    153 '''History''' [=#point2.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    154 
    155 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/History-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
    156 This overlay shows when you press the __"RECALL"__ button when viewing a tv channel. [[br]]
    157 It allows you to recall the past viewed channels for fast zapping between them.
    158 
    159 [[br]]
    160 '''Sleep Timer''' [=#point2.5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    161 
    162 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Sleep-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
    163 This overlay shows when you press the __"SLEEP"__ button. [[br]]
    164 It allows you to set the shutdown timer to automatically shutdown the receiver.
    165 
    166 [[br]]
    167 '''Subtitle''' [=#point2.6] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    168 
    169 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Subtitle-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
    170 This overlay shows when you press the __"SUBTITLE"__ button. [[br]]
    171 It allows you to select/enable a subtitle during playback.
    172 
    173 [[br]]
    174 '''EPG''' [=#point2.7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    175 
    176 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/EPG-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
    177 This overlay shows when you press the __"EPG"__ button. [[br]]
    178 It shows a list of the program information from here you can setup a timer or search the EPG.
    179 
    180 [[br]]
    181 '''Program Info''' [=#point2.8] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    182 
    183 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Program-Info-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
    184 This Overlay shows when you press the __"INFO"__ button when in the EPG display. [[br]]
    185 This shows the current selected program information.
    186 
    187 [[br]]
    188 '''Player''' [=#point2.9] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    189 
    190 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Internal-Player-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
    191 This overlay shows when you press the __"PLAY"__ button. [[br]]
    192 It allows you to select a movie or recording to play it also has a basic file manager.
    193 
    194 [[br]]
    195 '''Favourite''' [=#point2.10] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    196 
    197 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Favourite-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
    198 This overlay shows when you press the __"FAV"__ button. [[br]]
    199 It allows you to brouse through your favourits lists.
    200 
    201 [[br]]
    202 '''Record''' [=#point2.11] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    203 
    204 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Record-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
    205 This overlay shows when you press the __"RECORD"__ button. [[br]]
    206 It allows you to set the record function on the current tv channel.
    207 
    208 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Git-Changelog

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.7 GIT Changelog''' [=#point3.7.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Git_Changelog.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 > here you can git information.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Graphic-EPG

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.1.3 Graphic EPG''' [=#point3.1.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.1 Records and EPG(Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Graphical_EPG.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 Graphic EPG is a multi channel graphical EPG.
    10 
    11 
    12 [[br]]
    13 
    14  '''Coloured and Extra Button's Functions"
    15 
    16  The __"Coloured and Extra Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Single EPG menu.
    17  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    18  
    19  ||'''Red Button: (Timer)''' ||This will bring up the recording timer menu to set up a timer.||
    20  ||'''0 key (EPG Search):''' ||This will search the EPG for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.||
    21  ||'''FAV Button: (Favourite)''' ||This will bring up Favourite Boquet menu to select the EPG you would like to display.||
    22  ||'''Info Button: (Info)''' ||This will bring up the selected program's EPG info string.||
    23  
    24 
    25 
    26 For information on setting up a timer Recording using the red button see ([WikiStart#point103.10.6 Records]) for more info.
    27 For information on setting proforming an EPG search using the 0 Key see ([WikiStart#point103.10.5 EPG Search]) for more info.
  • wiki/pages/nl/HTTP-Settings

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.4.6 HTTP Settings''' [=#point3.5.4.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5.1 network (Back])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/HTTP-Settings.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can setup your HTTP interface.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 ||'''Start HTTPD:''' ||Start the webserver.||
    13  ||'''User:''' ||Sets the zoom level of the EPG to show more or less of a time span of the shown programs.||
    14  ||'''Password:''' ||Set to yes to use picons or the alternative Picon sets in the infobar and EPG stored in /var/media/autofs/sda1/swapextensions/usr/local/share/titan/picons/ directory.||
    15  ||'''HTTPD Port:''' ||Should the EPG be deleted before a the timed scan.||
    16  ||'''IP for Stream:''' ||Behavior after the EPG scan is completed EPG scan: Nothing (Stand-By) or Switch Off (Deep Stand-By).||
    17  ||'''Stream Port:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway EPG stream during EPG scan.||
    18  ||'''Start RGUID:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway version 2 EPG stream during  EPG scan.||
    19  ||'''RGUID Port''' ||Scan for an OpenTV EPG stream during EPG scan.||
    20  
    21  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    22  
    23 [[br]]
    24 ----
    25 
    26  '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    27 
    28  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    29  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    30  
    31  ||'''Text Button: (Keyboard)''' ||This will bring up the onscreen keyboard to edit the currently selected test string.||
    32 
    33 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Hard-Disk

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.5 Hard Disk''' [=#point3.5.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/system-Hard_Disk.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 Here you can configure your harddisk.[[BR]]
    10 please select a menu item for more information.
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  * ([wiki:Format-Hdd#point3.5.5.1 Format HDD])
    14  * ([wiki:Filesystem-Check#point3.5.5.2 Filesystem Check])
    15  * ([wiki:Configure#point3.5.5.3 Configure])
    16  * ([wiki:Time-to-sleep#point3.5.5.4 Time to sleep])
    17 
    18 [[BR]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/History

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''1 TitanNit Info Contents ''' [=#point1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 [[br]]
    6 This section conatins information on TitanNit and frequently asked questions about it.
    7 Please choose an item below to find more information.
    8 
    9 You may select a skip to a specific setup topic or scroll down to read the complete guide.
    10 
    11 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto"
    12  {{{#!table style="border: none"
    13   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    14   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    15 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/History/About.png,align=left,link=[#point1.1])]]
    16   }}}
    17   '''([#point1.1 About])'''[[br]]
    18   {{{#!div style="float: left
    19 click here to find info about TitanNit
    20   }}}
    21   }}}
    22   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    23   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    24 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/History/History.png,align=left,link=[#point1.2])]]
    25   }}}
    26   '''([#point1.2 History])'''[[br]]
    27   {{{#!div style="float: left
    28 click here to find info on the beginnings of TitanNit
    29   }}}
    30   }}}
    31   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    32   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    33 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/History/Features.png,align=left,link=[#point1.3])]]
    34   }}}
    35   '''([#point1.3 Features])'''[[br]]
    36   {{{#!div style="float: left
    37 click here to find info on the various features of TitanNit
    38   }}}
    39   }}}
    40 }}}
    41 }}}
    42 
    43 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto"
    44  {{{#!table style="border: none"
    45   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    46   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    47 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/History/Frequnetly_Asked_Questions.png,align=left,link=[#point1.4])]]
    48   }}}
    49   '''([#point1.4 Frequently Asked Questions])'''[[br]]
    50   {{{#!div style="float: left
    51 Apendixcies/ references [[br]]to other setup related topics.
    52   }}}
    53   }}}
    54 }}}
    55 }}}
    56 [[br]]
    57 [[br]]
    58 
    59 ----
    60 '''1 About''' [=#point1.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    61 ----
    62 [[br]]
    63 TitanNit is a semi closed source replacement operating system for kathrein and Atemio/Atevio digital set top receivers.
    64 It has come about  as the users/devs wanted something better than was currently available.
    65 TitanNit is spawned from other projects and is developed by users come devs so it is easy of use but yet still remains powerfull and configurable and feature packed.[[br]]
    66 [[br]]
    67 [[br]]
    68 
    69 ----
    70 '''1 History''' [=#point1.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    71 ----
    72 [[br]]
    73  * Everything started in April 2011. For almost three weeks our Developer Nit secretly worked on the foundation of Titan. After the presentation by Nit Obi and the rest of the team came on board. Everybody was surprised by the rapid development of the Titan Project.
    74  * From the beginning the development and source of Titan was nonpublic, as it was not to be foreseen in which direction the development would go.
    75  * After a development period of 6 months our hardware manufacturer Atemio declared interest in the project. Looking back at Years of support through Atemio with the Enigma2 Software, Atemio was given main priority for Titan project.
    76  * A six-months agreement with Atemio was signed in December 2011.
    77  * Due to the good cooperation the agreement was extended and is still in force.
    78  * The basic idea for this project originated for various reasons:
    79   * due to the missing Python Chip and low CPU speed the sh4 receivers have always had problems with Enigma2.
    80   * the constant improvement and expansion of Enigma2 and the TDT Git was comprehensive and time-consuming.
    81   * the alternative Neutrino GIT at that time was not layed out to support twin tuner Receivers.
    82   * Nit then decided to combine both, the Enigma2 and the Neutrino, to a new Gui which implemented all advantages of both systems.
    83   * Neutrinos main advantage has always been its speed
    84   * Enigma2s advantage was the ease of integration and expansion with skins and extensions
    85   * These two systems combined into one new system was the basic idea of Titan.
    86 [[br]]
    87 [[br]]
    88 
    89 ----
    90 '''2 Features''' [=#point1.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    91 ----
    92 [[br]]
    93 '' Highlights of TitanNit ''
    94 
    95      - Powerful Linux operating system
    96      - Fast boot
    97          - About 1 second from standby mode
    98          - About 25 seconds from the deep standby mode
    99      - Fast channel switching times (less than 1 second)
    100      - Different menu interfaces (skins) including customization options
    101      - Many options to customize the system to your needs
    102      - Backup / Restore function
    103      - Organized Favourites and Channel listings and the direct list of following Programs. 
    104      - Multi-Tuner
    105      - Plug-in management
    106      - Supports many media formats
    107      - Wide range of plugins
    108      - PC programs to personalize and convert the channel list
    109      - Screen saver in radio mode
    110      - Remote control buttons freely assignable
    111      - Online update of the firmware with the ability to retain settings
    112      - Low memory consumption
    113      - 24 hour Forum Support
    114      - Growing Community
    115      - Web Interface
    116      - Android app "timote"
    117      - Windows App "tiView"
    118      - Bouquets Editor "SatchannelListEditor"
    119 [[br]]
    120 
    121 
    122 ----
    123 '''Frequently Asked Questions''' [=#point1.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    124 ----
    125 [[br]]
    126 
    127 '''What is Titan?'''[[br]]TitanNit is a semi closed source replacement operating system for kathrein and Atemio/Atevio digital set top receivers designed to completly replace the factory software.
    128 [[br]]
    129 
    130 '''What can Titan do?'''[[br]]Titan was primarally designed to play/view and record live tv services from tresterial, cable and satellite, it can also be used to play/view the most popular video, audio, and picture formats, and many more lesser-known formats, including:
    131  Video - DVD-Video, VCD/SVCD, MPEG-1/2/4, DivX, XviD, Matroska
    132 Audio - MP3, AAC.
    133 Picture - JPG, GIF, PNG.
    134 
    135 
    136 These can all be played directly from the hard-drive or from a computer over a local network (LAN) internet IPTV services and media streams hosted by the [[wiki:Plugins-Player#point10.11 TiThek]] plugin.
    137 
    138  TitanNit can play DVD-Video movies (with and without menus) from ISO/IMG images and even ZIP/RAR-archives with the use of the [[wiki:Plugins-Player#point10.11 dvd-player plugin]].
    139  TitanNit has a simple user interface that's pleasant and easy to use.
    140 
    141 All these features enable your device to function as a full multimedia entertainment system for your tv for the whole family to enjoy.
    142 [[br]]
    143 [[br]]
    144 
    145 '''What features does TitanNit have?'''[[br]]See the complete list of supported features in the [[wiki:Versions#point6 software versions changelog]] for information of the offically supported features.
    146 [[br]]
    147 [[br]]
    148  
    149 '''Where can I suggest/request a new feature or function to be implemented into TitanNit?'''[[br]]You can log a NEW feature/function request in our tracker. Just make sure that you first remember to search for existing "Feature Requests" before logging a new request/ticket! (see [wiki:Troubleshooting#point12.1 12.1 Bug Reporting] for information on submitting a ticket).
    150 
    151 You may also post a copy of your suggestion in the feature-suggestion section of our [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php AAF Digital Forum] if you want it open for discussion,
    152 Please respect that your request only counts as a suggestion, there' s no guarantee that it will implemented soon or ever.
    153 
    154 Almost all users think their own ideas is the most important, and a very common comment is: "if you only add these features then TitanNit will be perfect for me".
    155 
    156 You could try bribing the devs with elaborate gifts :-) flattery will get you every where and agorant requests will most likely get your posts deleted or get you banned from the forum please follow the rules of the forum [http://www.aaf-digital.info/ here].
    157 [[br]]
    158 [[br]]
    159  
    160 '''When will this and that feature or function be supported by TitanNit?'''[[br]]TitanNit development is driven by the tasks that are important to the individual developers and to the hardware sponsors Atemio, if you have a funky idea or feature you wish implemented submit a request ticket (see [wiki:Troubleshooting#point12.1 12.1 Bug Reporting], but make an extensive search of the forum and tickets before requesting it as it has probally been sugested before.
    161 [[br]]
    162 [[br]]
    163 
    164 '''Is TitanNit, or the AAFTeam affiliated with Fortis, katherin or ..... or the hardware manufacturer of my Reciever?'''[[br]]No, TitanNit and its members are not in any way affiliated with the manufactures in any way. TitanNit is a third party operating system designed to replace the manufactures original operating system.
    165 [[br]]
    166 [[br]]
    167 
    168 '''Will the instalation of Titan Void my Warranty?'''[[br]]Yes probally but this software is tested to ensure it won't dammage your reciever and can be reverted at any time to a factory condition. please see [wiki:Supported-Receivers#point7 Supported Receivers] for a list of suspected supported receivers, If you have successfully installed TitanNit on your Receiver please inform an admin member so this list can be updated and verified.
    169 
    170 If the factory software was so feature packed and bugless there would be no need for software like TitanNit but sadly this is a world where software is driven by sales and purchases by the big players who request features, but TitanNit is a little different it was started just because the users/ devs wanted something better than what was handed to them by the manufacturer.
    171 [[br]]
    172 [[br]]
    173 
    174 '''Why is TitanNit Not available for my receiver model XXX?'''[[br]]TitanNit is funded by Atemio who supplys hardware to the devs in return for developing software for use on these devices.
    175 In future TitanNit may be available for your receiver as support in increaced, at this time Titan in in development for the Broadcom Mips Archeture for the upcomming release of the Atemio 5200 which will be the first non SH4 based reciever supported by TitanNit.
    176 [[br]]
    177 [[br]]
    178 
    179 '''How do I ...'''[[br]] I don't know I suggest you read the [wiki:Quick-Start-Guide#point0 Quick Start Guide], manual, check the rest of the wiki or proform a [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/search.php?search_type=1 search] on the forum, as it has most likely been asked before and you will find the answer, as a last resort post a question on the [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php AAF Digital Forum].
    180 [[br]]
    181 [[br]]
    182 
    183 '''Where should I put videos/music and pictures so that Titan can read it?''' [[br]]Anywhere you like. TitanNit can read off the local harddisk,usb sticks, or from network sources. Simply press "Add a Source" using the network Browser and browse away.
    184 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Network-Browser.jpg, 25%)]][[br]]
    185 [[br]]
    186 [[br]]
    187 
    188 '''What is the default username and password to the built-in FTP server and telnet server?'''Both the default password and the user name is “root” (in lower case) as with many linux instalations.
    189 [[br]]
    190 [[br]]
    191 
    192 '''Can I watch recordings from my decoder when on holiday?'''[[br]]yes you can you will need to set up either a static ip on your home network or set up a dynadns server, from there you can log onto the web interface and use video lan to watch tv or your recordings.
    193 [[br]]
    194 [[br]]
    195 
    196 '''Can I thank and or Chat the TitanNit team?''[[br]]Yes sure you can jump on the [[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/ AAFforum]]  and leave a post and or stop by [wiki:Contact#point15 Skype] and request a invite the majority of us speak german, some of us speak english also.
    197 
    198 '''Do you accept donations?'''[[br]] the team is currently fully funded and no donations are nesessary but if you have some device that may be of use with titan feel free to contact us.
    199 
    200 '''How come the Wiki does not show how to operate feature or function.....?'''[[br]]Titan Is in development and is updated almost daily some features plugins or informations have yet to be merged in, this forum is open to editing by the community feel free to log in and add said feature's informatation to the wiki.
    201 [[br]]
    202 [[br]]
    203 
    204 ([#point1 Top of Page])
    205  
    206  
    207 
    208 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''8 Installation and Recovery Contents''' [=#point8] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 This section contains information on installation and removal of TitanNit from your receiver
    6 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto"
    7  {{{#!table style="border: none"
    8   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    9   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    10 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Atemio.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.atemio.de Atemio homepage)]]
    11   }}}
    12   '''SH4 Atemio'''[[br]]
    13   {{{#!div style="float: left
    14  [http://www.atemio.de Atemio homepage]
    15  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.000 Contents]
    16  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.001 Atemio510]
    17  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.002 Atemio520]
    18  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.003 Atemio530]
    19  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.004 Atemio7600]
    20  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.005 Atemio700]
    21  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.006 Atemio7000]
    22   }}}
    23   }}}
    24   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    25   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    26 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Fortis.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.fortis.co.kr Fortis homepage)]]
    27   }}}
    28   '''SH4 Fortis'''[[br]]
    29    {{{#!div style="float: left
    30  [http://www.fortis.co.kr Fortis homepage]
    31  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.010 Contents]
    32  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.011 Fortis Clone]
    33  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.012 Bootloader Installation]
    34  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.013 Fortis FS-9000]
    35  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.014 Fortis FS-9200]
    36  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.015 Fortis HS-9510]
    37  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.016 Fortis HX-8200]
    38  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.017 Fortis HS-7810]
    39   }}}
    40   }}}
    41  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    42   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    43 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/homecast.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.myhomecast.nl Homecast homepage)]]
    44   }}}
    45   '''SH4 Homecast'''[[br]]
    46  {{{#!div style="float: left
    47  [http://www.myhomecast.nl Homecast homepage]
    48  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Homecast#point8.020 Contents]
    49  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Homecast#point8.021 Homecast Pro]
    50   }}}
    51   }}}
    52   |----
    53   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    54   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    55 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/IPBox.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.abipbox.com/ AB IPBox homepage)]]
    56   }}}
    57   '''SH4 IPBox'''[[br]]
    58   {{{#!div style="float: left
    59  [http://www.abipbox.com/ AB IPBox homepage]
    60  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-IPBox#point8.030 Contents]
    61  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-IPBox#point8.031 Ipbox91]
    62  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-IPBox#point8.032 Ipbox900]
    63  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-IPBox#point8.033 Ipbox910]
    64  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-IPBox#point8.034 Ipbox9000]
    65   }}}
    66   }}}
    67   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    68   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    69 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/kathrein.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.kathrein-gmbh.at kathrein homepage)]]
    70   }}}
    71   '''SH4 Katherin'''[[br]]
    72   {{{#!div style="float: left
    73  [http://www.kathrein-gmbh.at kathrein homepage]
    74  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin#point8.040 Contents]
    75  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin#point8.041 Ufs910]
    76  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin#point8.042 Ufs912]
    77  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin#point8.043 Ufs913]
    78  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin#point8.044 Ufs922]
    79  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin#point8.045 Ufc960]
    80   }}}
    81   }}}
    82   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    83   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    84 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Spark.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.spark-tv.com Spark homepage)]]
    85   }}}
    86   '''SH4 Spark'''[[br]]
    87   {{{#!div style="float: left
    88  [http://www.spark-tv.com Spark homepage]
    89  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Spark#point8.050 Contents]
    90  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Spark#point8.051 Spark7111]
    91  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Spark#point8.052 Spark7162]
    92   }}}
    93   }}}
    94   |----
    95  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    96   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    97 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Atemio.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.atemio.de Atemio homepage)]]
    98   }}}
    99   '''Mips Atemio'''[[br]]
    100   {{{#!div style="float: left
    101  [http://www.atemio.de Atemio homepage]
    102  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio#point8.060 Contents]
    103  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio#point8.061 Atemio5000 AKA Nemesis]
    104  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio#point8.062 Atemio5200]
    105  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio#point8.063 Atemio6000]
    106  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio#point8.064 Atemio6100]
    107  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio#point8.065 Atemio6200]
    108   }}}
    109   }}}
    110   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    111   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    112 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/beyonwiz.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.beyonwiz.com.au Beyonwiz homepage)]]
    113   }}}
    114   '''Mips Beyonwiz'''[[br]]
    115  {{{#!div style="float: left
    116  [http://www.beyonwiz.com.au Beyonwiz homepage]
    117 
    118  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Beyonwiz#point8.070 Contents]
    119  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Beyonwiz#point8.071 BeyonwizT4]
    120   }}}
    121   }}}
    122   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    123   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    124 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Goldern_Interstar.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.golden-interstar.pl Golden Interstar homepage)]]
    125   }}}
    126   '''Mips Golden Interstar'''[[br]]
    127   {{{#!div style="float: left
    128  [http://www.golden-interstar.pl Golden Interstar homepage]
    129  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Golden-Interstar#point8.080 Contents]
    130  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Golden-Interstar#point8.081 Xpeedlx1/2]
    131  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Golden-Interstar#point8.082 Xpeedlx3]
    132   }}}
    133   }}}
    134   |----
    135   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    136   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    137 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Miraclebox.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.miraclebox.se miraclebox homepage)]]
    138   }}}
    139   '''Mips Miraclebox[[br]]
    140   {{{#!div style="float: left
    141  [http://www.miraclebox.se Miraclebox homepage]
    142  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Miraclebox#point8.090 Contents]
    143  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Miraclebox#point8.091 MBUltra]
    144  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Miraclebox#point8.092 MBMini]
    145 }}}
    146 }}}
    147   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    148   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    149 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Sezam.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.sezam-club.ru/ homepage)]]
    150   }}}
    151   '''Mips Sezam'''[[br]]
    152  {{{#!div style="float: left
    153  [http://www.sezam-club.ru/ Mips Sezam homepage]
    154  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Sezam#point8.100 Contents]
    155  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Sezam#point8.101 Sezam-Marvel]
    156  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Sezam#point8.102 Sezam-1000HD]
    157   }}}
    158   }}}
    159 }}}
    160 }}}
    161 
    162 
    163 ----   
    164 '''8.113 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.113] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
    165 ----
    166 * [wiki:Manufactures#point13 13 Manufactures] - [http://atemio.de/index.php/software-updates Stable Images][[br]] 
    167 * [wiki:Community#point14 14 Community] - [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 
    168 
    169   '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader sh4 Boxen]'''[[br]]
    170 * [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/wiki/en/Remote-Device-Control#point4.6  iboot sh4 loader flashing and recovery ][[br]] 
    171  
    172 [[br]] 
    173 [#point8 Top of Page] 
    174 [[br]]
    175 
    176 
    177 
    178 
    179 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''8.061 Mips Atemio''' [=#point8.061] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 manufacturer blurb.....
    7 
    8 
    9 
    10 
    11 
    12 ----
    13 '''8.061 Atemio-Nemesis''' [=#point8.061] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    14 ----
    15 '' How do I install an Atemio 5000 Update UBI image? ''
    16  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    17  * Extract the zip file
    18  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    19     Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    20      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    21  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    22  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    23  * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...".
    24    then the installation begins, Only then release the button.
    25     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    26  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    27 [[br]]
    28 [#point8 Top of Page]
    29 [[br]]
    30 ----
    31 '''8.062 Atemio5200''' [=#point8.062] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    32 ----
    33 '' How do I install an Atemio 5200 Update UBI image? ''
    34  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    35  * Extract the zip file
    36  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    37     Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    38      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    39  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    40  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    41  * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...".
    42    then the installation begins, Only then release the button.
    43     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    44  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    45 [[br]]
    46 [#point8 Top of Page]
    47 [[br]]
    48 ----
    49 '''8.063 Atemio6000''' [=#point8.063] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    50 ----
    51 '' How do I install an Atemio 6000 Update UBI image? ''
    52  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    53  * Extract the zip file
    54  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    55     Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    56      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    57  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    58  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    59  * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...".
    60    then the installation begins, Only then release the button.
    61     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    62  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    63 [[br]]
    64 [#point8 Top of Page]
    65 [[br]]
    66 ----
    67 '''8.064 Atemio6100''' [=#point8.064] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    68 ----
    69 '' How do I install an Atemio 6100 Update UBI image? ''
    70  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    71  * Extract the zip file
    72  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    73     Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    74      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    75  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    76  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    77  * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...".
    78    then the installation begins, Only then release the button.
    79     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    80  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    81 [[br]]
    82 [#point8 Top of Page]
    83 [[br]]
    84 ----
    85 '''8.065 Atemio6200''' [=#point8.065] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    86 ----
    87 '' How do I install an Atemio 6200 Update UBI image? ''
    88  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    89  * Extract the zip file
    90  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    91     Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    92      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    93  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    94  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    95  * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...".
    96    then the installation begins, Only then release the button.
    97     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    98  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    99 [[br]]
    100 [#point8 Top of Page]
    101 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-Mips-Beyonwiz

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''8.071 Beyonwiz''' [=#point8.070] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 
    7 manufacturer blurb.....
    8 
    9 
    10 ----
    11 '''8.071 Beyonwiz T4''' [=#point8.071] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    12 ----
    13 '' How do I install an Beyonwiz T4 Update UBI image? ''
    14  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    15  * Extract the zip file
    16  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    17     Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    18      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    19  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    20  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    21  * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...".
    22    then the installation begins, Only then release the button.
    23     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    24  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    25 [[br]]
    26 [#point8 Top of Page]
    27 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-Mips-Golden-Interstar

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''8.080 Goldern interstar Xpeedlx1/2''' [=#point8.080] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 manufacturer blurb
    7 
    8 
    9 
    10 ----
    11 '''8.081 Goldern interstar Xpeedlx1/2''' [=#point8.081] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
    12 ----
    13 ''How do I install a Xpeedlx1/2 update image? ''
    14  * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.33 IRD Download Locations])
    15  * Extract the zip file
    16  * Now copy the unzipped firmware folder "xpeedlx3"  to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    17     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    18  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    19  * Connect the USB stick with the update image file
    20  * Switch on (mains switch) and and when prompted on the vfd press the __Volume up__ button on the unit, then the installation begins. after the update starts release the __volume up__ button.
    21 
    22 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
    23 •After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    24 [[br]]
    25 [#point8 Top of Page]
    26 [[br]]
    27 ----
    28 '''8.082 goldern interstar Xpeedlx3''' [=#point8.082] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
    29 ----
    30 ''How do I install a Xpeedlx3 update image? ''
    31  * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.33 IRD Download Locations])
    32  * Extract the zip file
    33  * Now copy the unzipped firmware folder "xpeedlx3" to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    34     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    35  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    36  * Connect the USB stick with the update image file
    37  * Switch on (mains switch) and and when prompted on the vfd press the __Volume up__ button on the unit, then the installation begins. after the update starts release the __volume up__ button.
    38 
    39 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
    40 •After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    41 [[br]]
    42 [#point8 Top of Page]
    43 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-Mips-Miraclebox

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''8.090 Miraclebox''' [=#point8.090] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 manufacturer blurb......
    7 
    8 
    9 
    10 
    11 
    12 ----
    13 '''8.091 Miraclebox Ultra''' [=#point8.091] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    14 ----
    15 '' How do I install an Miraclebox Ultra Update UBI image? ''
    16  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    17  * Extract the zip file
    18  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    19     Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    20      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    21  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    22  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    23  * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...".
    24    then the installation begins, Only then release the button.
    25     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    26  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    27 [[br]]
    28 [#point8 Top of Page]
    29 [[br]]
    30 ----
    31 '''8.092 Miraclebox Mini''' [=#point8.092] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    32 ----
    33 '' How do I install an Miraclebox Mini Update UBI image? ''
    34  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    35  * Extract the zip file
    36  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    37     Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    38      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    39  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    40  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    41  * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...".
    42    then the installation begins, Only then release the button.
    43     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    44  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    45 [[br]]
    46 [#point8 Top of Page]
    47 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-Mips-Sezam

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''8.100 Sezam-Marvel''' [=#point8.100] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 manufacturer blurb....
    7 
    8 
    9 
    10 
    11 
    12 ----
    13 '''8.101 Sezam-Marvel''' [=#point8.101] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
    14 ----
    15 ''How do I install a Sezam-Marvel  update image? ''
    16  * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.33 IRD Download Locations])
    17  * Extract the zip file
    18  * Now copy the unzipped firmware folder "enigma2" to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    19     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    20  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    21  * Connect the USB stick with the update image file
    22  * Switch on (mains switch) and and when prompted on the vfd press the __Volume up__ button on the unit, then the installation begins. after the update starts release the __volume up__ button.
    23 
    24 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
    25 •After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    26 [[br]]
    27 [#point8 Top of Page]
    28 [[br]]
    29 ----
    30 '''8.102 Sezam-1000HD''' [=#point8.102] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
    31 ----
    32 ''How do I install a Sezam-1000HD  update image? ''
    33  * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.33 IRD Download Locations])
    34  * Extract the zip file
    35  * Now copy the unzipped firmware folder "enigma2" to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    36     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    37  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    38  * Connect the USB stick with the update image file
    39  * Switch on (mains switch) and and when prompted on the vfd press the __Volume up__ button on the unit, then the installation begins. after the update starts release the __volume up__ button.
    40 
    41 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
    42 •After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    43 [[br]]
    44 [#point8 Top of Page]
    45 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''SH4 Atemio (Atevio)'''[=#point8.00]
    4 ----
    5 
    6 The SH4 Atemio recievers are manufactured by Fortis who are a Korean manufacturer of satellite receivers all atemio (atevio) models are compatible with TitanNit.
    7 as TitanNit was developed for these recievers no bootloader software ID changes are required to install TitanNit, some of these models cam factory supplied with TitanNit such as the atemio  530.
    8 
    9 '''SH4 Atemio Contents'''
    10 
    11  * [#point8.001 8.001 Atemio510]
    12  * [#point8.002 8.002 Atemio520]
    13  * [#point8.003 8.003 Atemio530]
    14  * [#point8.004 8.004 Atemio7600]
    15  * [#point8.005 8.005 Atevio700]
    16  * [#point8.006 8.006 Atevio7000]
    17 
    18 '''Additional Info'''
    19 
    20  * [#point8.007 8.007 Uninstallation]
    21  * [#point8.008 8.008 Update TitanNit]
    22  * [#point8.009 8.009 IRD Download Location]
    23 
    24 
    25 
    26 ----
    27 '''8.1 Atemio510 and Fortis HS-7810''' [=#point8.001] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    28 ----
    29 '' How do I install an Atemio 510 IRD image? ''
    30  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    31  * Extract the zip file
    32  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    33      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    34      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    35      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    36  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    37  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    38  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
    39    and the installation begins. Only then release the button
    40      Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    41  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    42 [[br]]
    43   '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader sh4 Boxen]'''[[br]]
    44 * [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/wiki/en/Remote-Device-Control#point4.6  iboot sh4 loader flashing and recovery ][[br]] 
    45 [#point8 Top of Page]
    46 [[br]]
    47 ----
    48 '''8.2 Atemio520''' [=#point8.002] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    49 ----
    50 '' How do I install an Atemio 520 IRD image? ''
    51  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    52  * Extract the zip file
    53  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    54      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    55      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    56      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    57  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    58  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    59  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
    60    and the installation begins. Only then release the button
    61      Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    62  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    63 [[br]]
    64   '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader sh4 Boxen]'''[[br]]
    65 * [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/wiki/en/Remote-Device-Control#point4.6  iboot sh4 loader flashing and recovery ][[br]] 
    66 [#point8 Top of Page]
    67 [[br]]
    68 ----
    69 '''8.3 Atemio530''' [=#point8.003] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    70 ----
    71 '' How do I install an Atemio 530 IRD image? ''
    72  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    73  * Extract the zip file
    74  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    75      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    76      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    77      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    78  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    79  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    80  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
    81    and the installation begins. Only then release the button
    82      Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    83  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    84 [[br]]
    85 [#point8 Top of Page]
    86 [[br]]
    87 ----
    88 '''8.4 Atemio7600 and Fortis HX-8200''' [=#point8.004] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    89 ----
    90 '' How do I install an Atemio 7600 IRD image? ''
    91  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    92  * Extract the zip file
    93  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    94      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    95      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    96      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    97  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    98  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    99  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
    100    and the installation begins. Only then release the button
    101      Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    102  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    103 [[br]]
    104   '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader sh4 Boxen]'''[[br]]
    105 * [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/wiki/en/Remote-Device-Control#point4.6  iboot sh4 loader flashing and recovery ][[br]] 
    106 [#point8 Top of Page]
    107 [[br]]
    108 ----
    109 '''8.5 Atevio700''' [=#point8.005] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    110 ----
    111 '' How do I install an Atemio 7600 IRD image? ''
    112  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    113  * Extract the zip file
    114  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    115      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    116      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    117      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    118  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    119  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    120  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
    121    and the installation begins. Only then release the button
    122      Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    123  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    124 [[br]]
    125   '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader sh4 Boxen]'''[[br]]
    126 * [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/wiki/en/Remote-Device-Control#point4.6  iboot sh4 loader flashing and recovery ][[br]] 
    127 [#point8 Top of Page]
    128 [[br]]
    129 ----
    130 '''8.6 Atevio7000 and Fortis FS-9000/9200''' [=#point8.006] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    131 ----
    132 '' How do I install an Atemio 7000 IRD image? ''
    133  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    134  * Extract the zip file
    135  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    136      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    137      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    138      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    139  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    140  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    141  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
    142    and the installation begins. Only then release the button
    143      Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    144  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    145 [[br]]
    146   '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader sh4 Boxen]'''[[br]]
    147 * [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/wiki/en/Remote-Device-Control#point4.6  iboot sh4 loader flashing and recovery ][[br]] 
    148 [#point8 Top of Page]
    149 [[br]]
    150 
    151 ----
    152 '''8.007 Uninstalling Titan''' [=#point8.007] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    153 ----
    154 If you have an Atemio (Atevio) receiver all you have to do is install your original ird file as explained above and no bootloader changes are neccessary.
    155 
    156 
    157 [[br]]
    158 [#point8 Top of Page]
    159 [[br]]
    160 
    161 ----   
    162 '''8.008 Update TitanNit''' [=#point8.008] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
    163 ----
    164 There are two ways to update your TitanNit version and there are merits to both methods :
    165 
    166 IRD offline method see above [#point8.00 SH4 Atemio contents] and select your Reciever model to show information on how to update titan using an IRD titannit image.
    167 [[br]]
    168 ''Note: using this method plugins and files stored to Flash will be formatted when the update is proformed.
    169 Plugins and files installed to MNT (except on the ufs 910/922) or a valid configured storage device will retain there settings .''
    170 
    171 Image Online Method see [wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System update] for information on how preform an online update.
    172 [[br]]
    173 ''Note: using this method all plugins and settings are retained as long as they are not installed in flash.''
    174 [[br]]
    175 [#point8 Top of Page]
    176 [[br]]
    177 
    178 ----   
    179 '''8.009 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.009] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
    180 ----
    181 * [wiki:Manufactures#point13 13 Manufactures] - [http://atemio.de/index.php/software-updates Stable Images][[br]] 
    182 * [wiki:Community#point14 14 Community] - [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 
    183  
    184 [[br]] 
    185 [#point8 Top of Page] 
    186 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''SH4 Fortis (hardware profile)'''[=#point8.010]
    4 ----
    5 
    6 Fortis is a Korean manufacture of satellite receivers that have a range of models that are compatible with TitanNit. These receivers were sold around the world to various resellers with customized bootloaders to lock them to a specific sales region, TitanNit installation is possible after the installation of a Atevio compatible bootloader.
    7 
    8 '''SH4 Fortis Contents'''
    9 
    10  * [#point8.011 8.011 SH4 Fortis based clone receiver detection based on hardware profile]
    11  * [#point8.012 8.012 Fortis HS-7810 (Atemio510)]
    12  * [#point8.013 8.013 Fortis HX-8200 (Atemio7600)]
    13  * [#point8.014 8.014 Fortis HS-9510 (Atevio700)]
    14  * [#point8.015 8.015 Fortis FS-9000/9200 (Atevio7000)]
    15 
    16 '''Additional Info'''
    17 
    18  * [#point8.012 8.016 Bootloader Installation] (required for a fortis/clone reciever to accept atemio software)
    19  * [#point8.111 8.017 Uninstallation On other Fortis Receivers]
    20  * [#point8.112 8.018 Update TitanNit]
    21  * [#point8.113 8.019 IRD Download Location]
    22 
    23 
    24 
    25 ----
    26 '''SH4 Fortis based clone receiver detection based on hardware profile''' [=#point8.011]
    27 ----
    28 
    29 As it is virtually impossible to list every fortis clone box on this wiki and data would be repeated over and over again it is broken up into harware revisions to compair that to the atevio model of that box.
    30 This list will help you select the correct image and bootloader for your clone reciever below is a specifications list check the back of your manual included with your receiver and look at the table below to select the correct hardware model.
    31 See here for a full list of known Fortis ([wiki:Supported-Receivers#point7 Supported Receivers])
    32 
    33 {{{#!div style="width: 1000px; margin: auto"
    34 ||'''Model System'''||'''Tuner'''||'''CPU'''||'''RAM'''||'''ROM (Flash)'''||'''USB'''||'''PVR Funktion'''||'''CardReader'''||'''Common interface'''||'''Display'''||'''Width'''||'''features'''||
    35 ||[#point8.015 Fortis FS-9000 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2 2||STI_7101 266 Mhz||192MB||32MB||2||Internal 2.5 or 3.5 SATA, external via USB||1 (*2)||2||12-digit 5x7matrix||43 cm|| ||
    36 ||[#point8.015 Fortis FS-9200 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2 2||STI_7101 266 Mhz||192MB||32MB||2||eSATA & USB||1 (*2)||2||12-digit 5x7matrix||34 cm|| ||
    37 ||[#point8.014 Fortis HS-9510]||DVB-S/S2 1||STI_7101 266 Mhz||192MB||32MB||1||USB||1 (*2)||2||8-digit 14segment||34 cm|| ||
    38 ||[#point8.013 Fortis HX-8200 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2, DVB-T2, DVB-C 1/2||STI_7105 450 Mhz||256MB||64MB||3||Internal 2,5´´SATA-HDD external via eSATA + USB||2||2||12-digit 5x7matrix||34 cm||Plug&Play Tuner, Youtube, Browser, FreeTV+||
    39 ||[#point8.012 Fortis HS-7810 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2 1||STI_7110 450 Mhz||256MB||32MB||2||USB||1||2||4-digit 7segment||26 cm||YouTube, Browser, FreeTV+||
    40 }}}
    41 '''NOTE:'''[[BR]]
    42  * The Fortis HS-7810 is a clone of the Atemio510/520 Models[[BR]]
    43  * The Fortis HX-8200 is a clone of the Atemio7600 Model[[BR]]
    44  * The Fortis HS-9510 is a clone of the Atemio700 clone Model[[BR]]
    45  * The Fortis FS-9000/Fortis FS-9200 is a clone of the Atemio7000 Models
    46 
    47 [[br]]
    48 [#point8 Top of Page]
    49 [[br]]
    50 
    51 ----
    52 '''8.1 Fortis HS-7810 (Atemio510)''' [=#point8.012] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    53 ----
    54 '' How do I install an Atemio 510 IRD image? ''
    55  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    56  * Extract the zip file
    57  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    58      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    59      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    60      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    61  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    62  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    63  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
    64    and the installation begins. Only then release the button
    65      Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    66  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    67 [[br]]
    68 [#point8 Top of Page]
    69 [[br]]
    70 ----
    71 '''8.4 Fortis HX-8200 (Atemio7600)''' [=#point8.013] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    72 ----
    73 '' How do I install an Atemio 7600 IRD image? ''
    74  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    75  * Extract the zip file
    76  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    77      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    78      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    79      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    80  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    81  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    82  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
    83    and the installation begins. Only then release the button
    84      Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    85  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    86 [[br]]
    87 [#point8 Top of Page]
    88 [[br]]
    89 ----
    90 '''8.5 Fortis HS-9510 (Atevio700)''' [=#point8.014] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    91 ----
    92 '' How do I install an Fortis HS-9510 IRD image? ''
    93  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    94  * Extract the zip file
    95  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    96      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    97      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    98      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    99  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    100  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    101  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
    102    and the installation begins. Only then release the button
    103      Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    104  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    105 [[br]]
    106 [#point8 Top of Page]
    107 [[br]]
    108 ----
    109 '''8.6 Fortis FS-9000/9200 (Atevio7000)''' [=#point8.015] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    110 ----
    111 '' How do I install an Fortis FS-9000/9200 IRD image? ''
    112  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    113  * Extract the zip file
    114  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    115      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    116      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    117      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    118  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    119  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    120  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
    121    and the installation begins. Only then release the button
    122      Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    123  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    124 [[br]]
    125 [#point8 Top of Page]
    126 [[br]]
    127 
    128 '''Aditional Info'''
    129 ----
    130 '''8.012 installation on other Fortis Receivers'''  [=#point8.016] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    131 ----
    132 '''Installation Notes:'''
    133 
    134 ''If you wish to try or install titan you need to install an Atemio/Atevio factory loader. The original Atemio Bootloader has a security code within so an installation of Titan is not possible with any other fortis loader''
    135 
    136 ''If you wish to install Titan the loader version must be 1.54 or above. Titan versions above 1.32 require the new Iboot loader which needs to be installed first if not present.''
    137 
    138 ''There are various ways that are explained below:''
    139  
    140 [[br]]
    141 
    142 '''AAF Recovery Tool (ART) method'''
    143 
    144  * Install the AAF Recovery Tool (ART) and set up a connection to your receiver
    145  * Set the IP address and subnet mask of your uboot environment.
    146  * Reboot the receiver and reconnect to change the settings.
    147  * Install the factory loader and reboot.
    148  * The factory loader you installed is version 1.21 that you have to update to 1.54 to be compatible with Titan
    149  * Visit the [http:((www-atemio.de Atemio] homepage or the [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum AAF digital forum] and download the latest Atevio/Atemio loaader (1.54).
    150  * Extract the zip file
    151   * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    152      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    153      "HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    154      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    155  * Turn off the receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    156  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your receiver
    157  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
    158    and the installation begins. Only then release the button
    159      Note: Should the installation not start, try a different USB stick.
    160  * Should you have installed the loader successfully the receiver will reboot and the installed Loader should start-up.
    161 
    162 ''You may now install Titan''
    163 [[br]]
    164 [#point8 Top of Page]
    165 [[br]]
    166 
    167 '''Cross Flash Method'''
    168 
    169 ''This method explains how to install the HDF bootloader flash plugin to your fortis receiver and flash an Atemio/Atevio compatible bootloader from the plugin menu.''
    170 
    171 * Download the HDF Bootloader flash plugin from the [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum AAF Digital forum].
    172  * Extract the zip file
    173  * Now copy the unzipped Plugin folder to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    174      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    175      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    176      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    177  * go to the plugins section in your receiver and install the plugin and then start it.
    178  * type in the password contained in the zip file and follow the onscreen prompts.
    179  * Should you have installed the loader successfully the receiver will reboot and the installed Loader should start-up.
    180 
    181 ''You may now install TitanNit''
    182 [[br]]
    183 [#point8 Top of Page]
    184 [[br]]
    185 
    186 '''Reseller Changer Tool Method'''
    187 
    188 ''This method explains how to change the Reseler ID of an Atemio/Atevio compatible bootloader and flash it to any compatible Fortis receiver from the plugin menu.''
    189 
    190 
    191 * Visit the [http://www.atemio.de Atemio] homepage or the [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum AAF digital forum] and download the latest Atevio/Atemio loader.
    192  * Extract the zip file
    193  * use the reseller ID changer tool and change the IRD to that of your reseller ID.
    194  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    195      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    196      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    197      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    198  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    199  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver.
    200  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
    201    and the installation begins. Only then release the button
    202      Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    203  * Should you have installed the loader successfully the receiver will reboot and the installed Loader should start-up.
    204 
    205 
    206 This method requires you to also change the reseller ID to be able to install TitanNit.
    207 
    208 
    209 '''Be aware should it the installation fail or a loss of Power occur during the flashing process you could brick your receiver as there is no recovery method. Compatibility with other receivers is not guaranteed but you may find a list of compatible receivers in the [wiki:Supported-Receivers#point7 Supported Receivers] section.'''
    210 [[br]]
    211 [#point8 Top of Page]
    212 [[br]]
    213 ----
    214 '''8.111 Uninstalling Titan''' [=#point8.017] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    215 ----
    216 If you have an Atemio/Atevio or UFS receiver all you have to do is install your original ird file as explained above and no bootloader changes are neccessary.
    217 
    218 Uninstalling titan and switching back to the original reseller loader can't be done (easily) for other fortis receivers but there is one simple alternative method outlined below.
    219 
    220 
    221 '''Uninstalling Titan on non Atemio/Atevio receiver and restore Reseller ID with Maxi-uboot'''
    222 
    223 If you have iboot installed then you must install a version of TitanNit older than 1.32 before using this method.
    224 
    225 This will install the factory Atemio loader that is compatible with the AAF Recovery Tool (ART) to be able to install the Maxiuboot Loader.
    226 
    227 In order for this method to work make sure the setting Allow __"Iboot Update"__ is enabled in [wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 Iboot].
    228 
    229 When successfully achieved you may start up ART from your PC and install Maxiuboot.
    230 
    231 [[br]]
    232 
    233 Once installed you may set up your bootargs and change your Reseller ID back to its factory settings. For flashin original Firmware or other Software please refere to your receivers' manual or instructions.
    234 [[br]]
    235 [#point8 Top of Page]
    236 [[br]]
    237 
    238 ----   
    239 '''8.112 Update TitanNit''' [=#point8.018] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
    240 ----
    241 There are two ways to update your TitanNit version and there are merits to both methods :
    242 
    243 IRD offline method see [#point8 Installation / Recovery] and select your Reciever model to show information on how to update titan using an IRD titannit image.
    244 [[br]]
    245 ''Note: using this method plugins and files stored to Flash will be formatted when the update is proformed.
    246 Plugins and files installed to MNT (except on the ufs 910/922) or a valid configured storage device will retain there settings .''
    247 
    248 Image Online Method see [wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System update] for information on how preform an online update.
    249 [[br]]
    250 ''Note: using this method all plugins and settings are retained as long as they are not installed in flash.''
    251 [[br]]
    252 [#point8 Top of Page]
    253 [[br]]
    254 
    255 ----   
    256 '''8.113 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.019] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
    257 ----
    258 * [wiki:Manufactures#point13 13 Manufactures] - [http://atemio.de/index.php/software-updates Stable Images][[br]] 
    259 * [wiki:Community#point14 14 Community] - [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 
    260  
    261 [[br]] 
    262 [#point8 Top of Page] 
    263 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-SH4-Homecast

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''8.020 Homecast''' [=#point8.020] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 Fortis is a Korean manufacture of satellite receivers that have a range of models that are compatible with TitanNit. These receivers were sold around the world to various resellers with customized bootloaders to lock them to a specific sales region, TitanNit installation is possible after the installation of a Atevio compatible bootloader.
    7 
    8 '''SH4 Homecast Contents'''
    9 
    10  * [#point8.021 8.021 Homecast pro]
    11 
    12 
    13 '''Additional Info'''
    14 
    15  * [#point8.022 8.022 Uninstallation]
    16  * [#point8.023 8.025 Update TitanNit]
    17  * [#point8.024 8.024 IRD Download Location]
    18 
    19 ----
    20 '''8.021 Homecast Pro''' [=#point8.021] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    21 ----
    22 '' How do I install an Homecast UPDATEUSB Image? ''
    23  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.2 IRD Download Locations])
    24  * Extract the zip file
    25  * Now copy the unzipped IMG firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    26      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    27      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    28      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    29  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    30  * Connect the USB stick with the IMG file to your Receiver
    31 * Switch on (mains plug) while holding in the Power button on the unit (one button from the left) hold it down (about 3 seconds) until "LOAD SW" appears,
    32     then the installation starts. Only then release the button
    33      Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
    34  * The installation is finished when DONE appears on the receiver.
    35  * Restart the machine after by the main switch again to .
    36 [[br]]
    37 [#point8 Top of Page]
    38 [[br]]
    39 
    40 ----
    41 '''8.022 Uninstalling Titan''' [=#point8.022] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    42 ----
    43 If you have an Homecast receiver all you have to do is install your original IMG file as explained above and no bootloader changes are necessary.
    44 
    45 [[br]]
    46 [#point8 Top of Page]
    47 [[br]]
    48 
    49 ----   
    50 '''8.023 Update TitanNit''' [=#point8.023] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
    51 ----
    52 There are two ways to update your TitanNit version and there are merits to both methods :
    53 
    54 IRD offline method see [#point8.020 Homecast Contents] and select your Receiver model to show information on how to update titan using an IRD TitanNit image.
    55 [[br]]
    56 ''Note: using this method plugins and files stored to Flash will be formatted when the update is preformed.
    57 Plugins and files installed to MNT or a valid configured storage device will retain there settings .''
    58 
    59 Image Online Method see [wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System update] for information on how preform an online update.
    60 [[br]]
    61 ''Note: using this method all plugins and settings are retained as long as they are not installed in flash.''
    62 [[br]]
    63 [#point8 Top of Page]
    64 [[br]]
    65 
    66 ----   
    67 '''8.024 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.024] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
    68 ----
    69 
    70 * [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 
    71  
    72 [[br]] 
    73 [#point8 Top of Page] 
    74 [[br]]
    75 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-SH4-IPBox

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''8.031 Ipbox''' [=#point8.030] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 Ipbox is a Korean manufacture of satellite receivers that have a range of models that are compatible with TitanNit. These receivers were sold around the world to various resellers with customized bootloaders to lock them to a specific sales region.
    7 
    8 '''SH4 Ipbox Contents'''
    9 
    10  * [#point8.031 8.031 Ipbox91]
    11  * [#point8.032 8.032 Ipbox900]
    12  * [#point8.033 8.033 Ipbox910]
    13  * [#point8.034 8.034 Ipbox9000]
    14 
    15 '''Additional Info'''
    16 
    17  * [#point8.035 8.035 Uninstallation]
    18  * [#point8.036 8.036 Update TitanNit]
    19  * [#point8.037 8.037 IRD Download Location]
    20 
    21 ----
    22 '''8.031 Ipbox91''' [=#point8.031] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    23 ----
    24 '' How do I install an Ipbox 91 UPDATEUSB Image? ''
    25  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    26  * Extract the zip file
    27  * Now copy the unzipped IMG firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    28      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    29      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    30      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    31  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    32  * Connect the USB stick with the IMG file to your Receiver
    33 * Switch on (mains plug) while holding in the Power button on the unit (one button from the left) hold it down (about 3 seconds) until "LOAD SW" appears,
    34     then the installation starts. Only then release the button
    35      Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
    36  * The installation is finished when DONE appears on the receiver.
    37  * Restart the machine after by the main switch again to .
    38 [[br]]
    39 [#point8 Top of Page]
    40 [[br]]
    41 ----
    42 '''8.032 Ipbox900''' [=#point8.032] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    43 ----
    44 '' How do I install an Ipbox 900 UPDATEUSB Image? ''
    45  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    46  * Extract the zip file
    47  * Now copy the unzipped IMG firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    48      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    49      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    50      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    51  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    52  * Connect the USB stick with the IMG file to your Receiver
    53 * Switch on (mains plug) while holding in the Power button on the unit (one button from the left) hold it down (about 3 seconds) until "LOAD SW" appears,
    54     then the installation starts. Only then release the button
    55      Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
    56  * The installation is finished when DONE appears on the receiver.
    57  * Restart the machine after by the main switch again to .
    58 [[br]]
    59 [#point8 Top of Page]
    60 [[br]]
    61 ----
    62 '''8.033 Ipbox910''' [=#point8.033] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    63 ----
    64 '' How do I install an Ipbox 910 UPDATEUSB Image? ''
    65  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    66  * Extract the zip file
    67  * Now copy the unzipped IMG firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    68      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    69      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    70      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    71  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    72  * Connect the USB stick with the IMG file to your Receiver
    73 * Switch on (mains plug) while holding in the Power button on the unit (one button from the left) hold it down (about 3 seconds) until "LOAD SW" appears,
    74     then the installation starts. Only then release the button
    75      Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
    76  * The installation is finished when DONE appears on the receiver.
    77  * Restart the machine after by the main switch again to .
    78 [[br]]
    79 [#point8 Top of Page]
    80 [[br]]
    81 ----
    82 '''8.034 Ipbox9000''' [=#point8.034] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    83 ----
    84 '' How do I install an Ipbox 9000 UPDATEUSB Image? ''
    85  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    86  * Extract the zip file
    87  * Now copy the unzipped IMG firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    88      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    89      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    90      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    91  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    92  * Connect the USB stick with the IMG file to your Receiver
    93 * Switch on (mains plug) while holding in the Power button on the unit (one button from the left) hold it down (about 3 seconds) until "LOAD SW" appears,
    94     then the installation starts. Only then release the button
    95      Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
    96  * The installation is finished when DONE appears on the receiver.
    97  * Restart the machine after by the main switch again to .
    98 [[br]]
    99 [#point8 Top of Page]
    100 [[br]]
    101 
    102 ----
    103 '''8.035 Uninstalling Titan''' [=#point8.035] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    104 ----
    105 If you have an Ipbox receiver all you have to do is install your original IMG file as explained above and no bootloader changes are neccessary.
    106 
    107 [[br]]
    108 [#point8 Top of Page]
    109 [[br]]
    110 
    111 ----   
    112 '''8.036 Update TitanNit''' [=#point8.036] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
    113 ----
    114 There are two ways to update your TitanNit version and there are merits to both methods :
    115 
    116 IRD offline method see [#point8 Installation / Recovery] and select your Reciever model to show information on how to update titan using an IRD titannit image.
    117 [[br]]
    118 ''Note: using this method plugins and files stored to Flash will be formatted when the update is proformed.
    119 Plugins and files installed to MNT (except on the ufs 910/922) or a valid configured storage device will retain there settings .''
    120 
    121 Image Online Method see [wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System update] for information on how preform an online update.
    122 [[br]]
    123 ''Note: using this method all plugins and settings are retained as long as they are not installed in flash.''
    124 [[br]]
    125 [#point8 Top of Page]
    126 [[br]]
    127 
    128 ----   
    129 '''8.037 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.037] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
    130 ----
    131 
    132 * [wiki:Community#point14 14 Community] - [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 
    133  
    134 [[br]] 
    135 [#point8 Top of Page] 
    136 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''8.040 Kathrein''' [=#point8.040] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 Fortis is a Korean manufacture of satellite receivers that have a range of models that are compatible with TitanNit. These receivers were sold around the world to various resellers with customized bootloaders to lock them to a specific sales region, TitanNit installation is possible after the installation of a Atevio compatible bootloader.
    7 
    8 '''SH4 Fortis Contents'''
    9 
    10  * [#point8.041 8.041 Kathrein Ufs910]
    11  * [#point8.042 8.042 Kathrein Ufs912]
    12  * [#point8.043 8.043 Kathrein Ufs913]
    13  * [#point8.044 8.044 Kathrein Ufs922]
    14  * [#point8.045 8.045 Kathrein Ufs960]
    15 
    16 '''Additional Info'''
    17 
    18  * [#point8.046 8.06 Uninstallation]
    19  * [#point8.047 8.07 Update TitanNit]
    20  * [#point8.048 8.08 IRD Download Location]
    21 
    22 ----
    23 '''8.041 Kathrein Ufs910''' [=#point8.041] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    24 ----
    25 '' How do I install a Kathrein UFS910 update image? ''
    26  * When you install a USB .img file the mnt-filesystem is formatted. An Online Update leaves the mnt-filesystem untouched.
    27  * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware .  ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    28  * Extract the zip file
    29  * Now copy the unzipped img firmware file - must be renamed to miniFLASH.img - to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    30      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the
    31      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    32      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    33  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    34  * Connect the USB stick with the img file to the front USB Port
    35  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the -Record button- on the Remote Control pressed (about 5 seconds)
    36    until "miniFLASH search..." appears, then the installation begins. Only then release the -Record button-
    37      Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
    38  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    39 [[br]]
    40 [#point8 Top of Page]
    41 [[br]]
    42 ----
    43 '''8.042 Kathrein UFS912''' [=#point8.042] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    44 ----
    45 '' How do I install a Kathrein UFS912 update image? ''
    46  * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware .  ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    47  * Extract the zip file
    48  * Now copy the unzipped firmware file *_FULL_nodebug.img to a formatted FAT32 USB stick into the path: /kathrein/ufs912/ .
    49      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the
    50      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    51      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    52  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    53  * Connect the USB stick with the img file
    54  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time press the -TV/Radio button- on the unit (about 5 seconds) until "emergency boot" appears,
    55    then the installation begins. Only after that message release the -TV/Radio button-
    56      Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
    57  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    58 [[br]]
    59 [#point8.1 Top of Page]
    60 [[br]]
    61 ----
    62 '''8.043 Kathrein UFS913''' [=#point8.043] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    63 ----
    64 '' How do I install a Kathrein UFS913 update image? ''
    65  * When you install a USB .img file the mnt-filesystem is formatted. An Online Update leaves the mnt-filesystem untouched.
    66  * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware .  ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    67  * Extract the zip file
    68  * Now copy the unzipped firmware file *_FULL_nodebug.img to a formatted FAT32 USB stick into the path: /kathrein/ufs922/ .
    69      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the
    70      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    71      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    72  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    73  * Connect the USB stick with the img file
    74  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time press the -TV/Radio button- on the unit (about 5 seconds) until "emergency boot" appears,
    75    then the installation begins. Only after that message release the -TV/Radio button-
    76      Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
    77  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    78 [[br]]
    79 [#point8.1 Top of Page]
    80 [[br]]
    81 ----
    82 '''8.044 Kathrein UFS922''' [=#point8.044] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    83 ----
    84 '' How do I install a Kathrein UFS922 update image? ''
    85  * When you install a USB .img file the mnt-filesystem is formatted. An Online Update leaves the mnt-filesystem untouched.
    86  * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware .  ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    87  * Extract the zip file
    88  * Now copy the unzipped firmware file *_FULL_nodebug.img to a formatted FAT32 USB stick into the path: /kathrein/ufs922/ .
    89      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the
    90      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    91      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    92  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    93  * Connect the USB stick with the img file
    94  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time press the -TV/Radio button- on the unit (about 5 seconds) until "emergency boot" appears,
    95    then the installation begins. Only after that message release the -TV/Radio button-
    96      Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
    97  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    98 [[br]]
    99 [#point8 Top of Page]
    100 [[br]]
    101 ----
    102 '''8.045 Kathrein UFC960''' [=#point8.045] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    103 ----
    104 '' How do I install a Kathrein UFS960 update image? ''
    105  * When you install a USB .img file the mnt-filesystem is formatted. An Online Update leaves the mnt-filesystem untouched.
    106  * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware .  ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    107  * Extract the zip file
    108  * Now copy the unzipped firmware file *_FULL_nodebug.img to a formatted FAT32 USB stick into the path: /kathrein/ufs960/ .
    109      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the
    110      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    111      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    112  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    113  * Connect the USB stick with the img file
    114  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time press the -TV/Radio button- on the unit (about 5 seconds) until "emergency boot" appears,
    115    then the installation begins. Only after that message release the -TV/Radio button-
    116      Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
    117  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    118 [[br]]
    119 [#point8 Top of Page]
    120 [[br]]
    121 
    122 ----
    123 '''8.046 Uninstalling Titan''' [=#point8.046] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    124 ----
    125 If you have an Katherin UFS receiver all you have to do is install your original IMG file as explained above and no bootloader changes are neccessary.
    126 
    127 [[br]]
    128 [#point8 Top of Page]
    129 [[br]]
    130 
    131 ----   
    132 '''8.047 Update TitanNit''' [=#point8.047] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
    133 ----
    134 There are two ways to update your TitanNit version and there are merits to both methods :
    135 
    136 IRD offline method see [#point8 Ipbox contents] and select your Reciever model to show information on how to update titan using an IRD titannit image.
    137 [[br]]
    138 ''Note: using this method plugins and files stored to Flash will be formatted when the update is proformed.
    139 Plugins and files installed to MNT (except on the ufs 910/922) or a valid configured storage device will retain there settings .''
    140 
    141 Image Online Method see [wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System update] for information on how preform an online update.
    142 [[br]]
    143 ''Note: using this method all plugins and settings are retained as long as they are not installed in flash.''
    144 [[br]]
    145 [#point8 Top of Page]
    146 [[br]]
    147 
    148 ----   
    149 '''8.048 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.048] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
    150 ----
    151 [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 
    152  
    153 [[br]] 
    154 [#point8 Top of Page] 
    155 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-SH4-Spark

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''8.051 SPARK''' [=#point8.050] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 Spark is a reseller of the Fulan Korean manufacture of satellite receivers that have a range of models that are compatible with TitanNit. These receivers were sold around the world to various resellers with customized hardware.
    7 
    8 '''SH4 Spark Contents'''
    9 
    10  * [#point8.051 8.051 SPARK (7111)]
    11  * [#point8.052 8.052 SPARK (7162)]
    12 
    13 '''Additional Info'''
    14 
    15 
    16  * [#point8.053 8.053 Uninstallation]
    17  * [#point8.054 8.054 Update TitanNit]
    18  * [#point8.055 8.055 IRD Download Location]
    19 
    20 
    21 
    22 ----
    23 '''8.051 SPARK (7111)''' [=#point8.051] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    24 ----
    25 '' How do I install a Spark (7111) Update Image? ''
    26   * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware .  ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    27   * Extract the zip file
    28   * Copy the unzipped firmware update file to a formatted to FAT32 USB stick and copy the file e2jffs2.img and uImage into a folder called "enigma2"
    29      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the
    30      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    31      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    32   * Turn off the device.
    33   * Connect the USB stick with the update file
    34   * hold the "OK" button and switch on the(mains plug) and hold it down (about 5 seconds) until "Forc" appears,
    35     then the installation will begin, when you see "U LD" in the display release the "OK" button.
    36       Note: If the installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
    37   * After installation "SUCC" appears in the display boot the receiver and the new image should appear.
    38 [[br]]
    39 [#point8.050 Top of Page]
    40 [[br]]
    41 ----
    42 '''8.052 SPARK7162''' [=#point8.052] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    43 ----
    44 '' How do I install a Spark (7162) Update Image? ''
    45   * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware .  ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    46   * Extract the zip file
    47   * Copy the unzipped firmware update file to a formatted to FAT32 USB stick and copy the file e2jffs2.img and uImage into a folder called "enigma2"
    48      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the
    49      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    50      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    51   * Turn off the device.
    52   * Connect the USB stick with the update file
    53   * hold the "OK" button and switch on the(mains plug) and hold it down (about 5 seconds) until "Forc" appears,
    54     then the installation will begin, when you see "U LD" in the display release the "OK" button.
    55       Note: If the installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
    56   * After installation "SUCC" appears in the display boot the receiver and the new image should appear.
    57 [[br]]
    58 [#point8.050 Top of Page]
    59 [[br]]
    60 
    61 ----
    62 '''8.053 Uninstalling Titan''' [=#point8.053] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    63 ----
    64 If you have an Atemio/Atevio or UFS receiver all you have to do is install your original ird file as explained above and no bootloader changes are neccessary.
    65 
    66 [[br]]
    67 [#point8.050 Top of Page]
    68 [[br]]
    69 
    70 ----   
    71 '''8.054 Update TitanNit''' [=#point8.054] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
    72 ----
    73 There are two ways to update your TitanNit version and there are merits to both methods :
    74 
    75 IRD offline method see [#point8 Installation / Recovery] and select your Receiver model to show information on how to update titan using an IRD TitanNit image.
    76 [[br]]
    77 ''Note: using this method plugins and files stored to Flash will be formatted when the update is preformed.
    78 Plugins and files installed to MNT (except on the ufs 910/922) or a valid configured storage device will retain there settings .''
    79 
    80 Image Online Method see [wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System update] for information on how preform an online update.
    81 [[br]]
    82 ''Note: using this method all plugins and settings are retained as long as they are not installed in flash.''
    83 [[br]]
    84 [#point8.050 Top of Page]
    85 [[br]]
    86 
    87 ----   
    88 '''8.055 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.055] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
    89 ----
    90 [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 
    91  
    92 [[br]] 
    93 [#point8.050 Top of Page] 
    94 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Interface-Operation

    r37662 r39056  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''3 Interface and Operation Contents''' [=#point3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 New Gui section work in progress expect dead links or missing data.
    5 ----
    6 == Interface and Operation ==
    7 
    8 This section contains information about the on screen menus within TitanNit and discriptions to the various
    9 items and their functions aswell as helpfull information and tricks to get the most possible experience with your Receiver.
    10 
    11 Note: pictures in this area only apply to the default skin used in Titan.
    12 If you do not see a specific menu item on the display please select the default skin from the menu as follows:
    13 
    14  Press the __"Menu"__ button and select __"Settings"__ scroll down to __"Skin"__ and select the __"Default"__ Skin from the menu.
    15  The decoder will then reboot with the new selected __Default__ skin.
    16 
    17 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Mainmenu.jpg)]][[br]]
    18 
    19 TitanNit is an easy to use GUI for Linux receivers. Using the default skin (Factory setting) all options, settings and help texts are displayed, so you have an overview of all functions and possible settings for customization.
    20 
    21 The newer Receiver types like Atemio520  have a help button on the remote where detailed help can be displayed on screen. Thus you do not need to refer to the manual for help. This help display will be optimized / enhanced in the future.
    22 
    23 Interface and operation contents
    24  please select a menu item from the GUI for more information
    25 
    26  * ([#point3.1 Records and epg])
    27  * ([#point3.2 Media center])
    28  * ([#point3.3 Media player])
    29  * ([#point3.4 Extentions])
    30  * ([#point3.5 System])
    31  * ([#point3.6 Settings])
    32  * ([#point3.7 Information])
    33  * ([#point3.8 Standby-Power Off])
    34 
    35 [[br]]
    36 [[br]]
    37 ----
    38 '''Records and EPG''' [=#point3.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    39 ----
    40 
    41 
    42 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Recordsand_EPG.jpg)]][[br]]
    43 
    44 Records and Epg menu contains all the different views and search settings for the epg,
    45 it also allows setup and personalization of timer recordings
    46  Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item.
    47  * ([wiki:EPG-Short-View#point3.1.1 EPG Short View])
    48  * ([wiki:Single-EPG#point3.1.2 Single EPG])
    49  * ([wiki:Multi-EPG#point3.1.3 Multi EPG])
    50  * ([wiki:Graphic-EPG#point3.1.4 Graphic EPG])
    51  * ([wiki:EPG-Search#point3.1.5 EPG Search])
    52  * ([wiki:Records#point3.1.6 Records])
    53 
    54 [[br]]
    55 
    56 ----
    57 '''3.2 Media Center''' [=#point3.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    58 ----
    59 [[br]]
    60 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Media_Center.jpg)]][[br]]
    61 
    62 Media center contains all the different media players to play streams from local and online sources,
    63 it also contains a file browser and internet browser for setting up pay streams and login details for online media.
    64  Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item.
    65 
    66  * ([wiki:Audio-Player#point3.2.1 Audio Player])
    67  * ([wiki:Video-Player#point3.2.2 Video Player])
    68  * ([wiki:Picture-Player#point3.2.3 Picture Player])
    69  * ([wiki:Mediathek#point3.2.4 Mediathek (Online library)])
    70  * ([wiki:File-Browser#point3.2.5 File Browser])
    71  * ([wiki:Internet-Browser#point3.2.6 Internet Browser])
    72  * ([wiki:Weather#point3.2.7 Weather])
    73 
    74 
    75 [[br]]
    76 
    77 ''' information'''
    78 
    79 
    80 Media Center It is a collection of media players intergrated in one place (able to stream local or the Internet based streams)
    81 
    82 ''' Audio player '''
    83  * File List mode (display different possible views quickly, default, large, cover, full cover)
    84  * Play List mode (internal and external m3u Playlists)
    85  * Automatic integration of MediaDB with covers and ID3 tag info extracted from the mp3 file
    86  * Random mode (random)
    87  * Repeat mode (repeat)
    88  * Screen Saver (title text, scrolling images, jumping pictures, wallpapers)
    89  * Radio mode (m3u files can be played back over the Internet in all popular protocols rtmp, rtmpe, rts, rtp, mms, http)
    90  * All key formats supported via the installation of additional codec packs.
    91  * Auto play the next file
    92  * seek function (seek 1-3 10s 30s from 0.4 to 6 0.7 to 9 60s)
    93